Professional Documents
Culture Documents
EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
MAINFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-01
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-01
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
2. Check that ROPS mounting 10. Enclosure door latches must DRIVE
hardware is tightened and is open and close freely.
Bobcat approved.
5. Check lift arm support device, 13. Check for correct function of
replace if damaged. indicator lamps.
HVAC
FW SSL-1008 SM
18. Inspect the air cleaner for 24. Check for correct function of
damage or leaks. Check the the Bobcat Interlock Control
condition of the element. System (BICS™) before the
machine is returned to the
customer.
19. Check the electrical charging 25. Check for proper function of
system. front horn and back-up alarm
(if equipped).
20. Check tires for wear and 26. Check function or condition of
pressure. Check tracks for all equipped options and
wear and tension. Use only accessories (examples: fire
approved tires or tracks. extinguisher, rotating beacon,
lift kits, etc.).
21. Inspect for loose or broken 27. Recommend to the owner
parts or connections. that all necessary corrections
be made before the machine
is returned to service.
CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the state of California
to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
FW SSL-1008 SM
This notice identifies procedures which must be • The Service Manual and Parts Manual are available
followed to avoid damage to the machine. from your dealer for use by mechanics to do shop-
I-2019-0284 type service and repair work.
SI SSL-0511 SM
SI SSL-0511 SM
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.
cause a fire.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance
Operation Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.
SI SSL-0511 SM
Fire Extinguishers
SI SSL-0511 SM
Figure 1
P-90466
1
The engine serial number is located on the side of the
engine (Item 1) [Figure 3] behind the alternator.
P100008
Figure 2
Module 2 - Production
Sequence (Series)
Figure 4
B-16315
TILT
CYLINDERS
FRONT AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS
[1] BUCKET
STEP
BUCKET
STEPS
REAR
GRILLE
LIFT ARM
BACK-UP
ALARM
REAR
LIGHT
REAR
TAIL LIGHT NA1669
DOOR [3] TRACKS
NA1670
[1] BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[2] ROPS, FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.
[3] TRACKS - Optional tracks are available.
Procedure
Figure 10-10-1
P-85425
P-85423
Figure 10-10-3
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or service.
Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions
can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807 P-85424
Read the Removal And Installation, Disassembly And Lift the front of the loader and install jackstands under the
Assembly, etc. completely to become familiar with the struts [Figure 10-10-3].
procedure before beginning [Figure 10-10-1].
NOTE: Make sure the jackstands do not touch the
Always park the loader on a level surface. tracks. Make sure the tracks clear the floor or
any obstacles.
Installing
WARNING 1
Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.
Figure 10-20-2
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
Installing (Cont’d) The operator must be in the operator’s seat, with the seat
belt fastened and seat bar lowered, until the lift arm
Figure 10-20-3 support device is removed and the lift arms are lowered
all the way.
Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.
Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine.
P100005
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder [Figure
10-20-3]. The tabs of the lift arm support device must go
past the end of the cylinder (Inset) [Figure 10-20-3].
Description
Level I
Level II
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200
Raising WARNING
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the
operator cab. UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab, INJURY OR DEATH
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM • STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-20-1.) W-2758-0908
Figure 10-30-1
NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame
could contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.
Figure 10-30-3
P-85463A
Figure 10-30-2
P-90512A P-90511A
Figure 10-30-5
N-20120 P-90565A
WARNING
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908
Figure 10-30-8
1
2
P-68116
P-68115
[Figure 10-30-6].
Available for special applications to restrict material from
The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 3) [Figure 10-30-6]
entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.50 in)
will be OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is
thick polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear
turned to RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar
window [Figure 10-30-8].
is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button is pressed.
Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be
installed for special applications to restrict material from
Figure 10-30-7
entering cab openings.
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury. P-85615A P-85616A
W-2058-0807
Figure 10-40-1
P-90559C
1
P-90558C
P-85466
P-85717A P-85599A
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 10-
40-1]. Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes
1) [Figure 10-40-1] when loading or unloading the loader [Figure 10-40-2].
to prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up.
1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.
Procedure
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the
weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page SPEC-
10-2.)
Figure 10-60-1
1
P16117
Figure 10-60-3
2
2
1
1
P-85728
Remove the service tool harness (Item 1) from the cover Connect the service tool harness to the ACD connector
(Item 2) [Figure 10-60-3]. and the loader harness connector.
P-85729
Service Tool Harness Communicator - MEL1566 The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Figure 10-60-6
MEL1563: Remote Start Tool Kit
2
Figure 10-60-7
1
1
P16119
Figure 10-60-8
1
1
P-85728
Figure 10-60-11
P-85729
Figure 10-60-9
1
P-85726
OR
Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-8].
Connect the remote start tool to the engine harness
OR connector (Item 1) and to the attachment control harness
(Item 2) [Figure 10-60-11] (If equipped).
Disconnect the attachment control harness (Item 1)
[Figure 10-60-9] (If equipped). NOTE: The key switch on the right-hand side
operator panel must be in the off position or
the Remote Start Tool Kit will not operate.
WARNING 2
3 1
UNAUTHORIZED AND UNEXPECTED ENGINE
STARTUP CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
With the 7-pin connector plugged into the machine
and Remote Start Tool Key Switch in the OFF
position, the engine can be started from the operator
panel inside the cab.
P16118
• Place the key switch of the Remote Start Tool in
the RUN position to disconnect the operator
panel from the start circuit. The traction lock switch (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-13] is
• Remove the operator panel key (key switch), lock used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the switch to
the keypad with a unique password (keyless) or the override position. The switch will illuminate to indicate
otherwise disable the starter before working in traction lock OVERRIDE, in this position the wheels are
the engine area. able to turn.
W-2457-1110
The maximum flow / variable flow switch (Item 2) [Figure
Figure 10-60-12 10-60-13] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Pressing the switch will activate variable flow. The switch
will illuminate to indicate the flow rate is active. Pressing
the switch again will turn the flow OFF. The switch is used
when checking pressures and flow rate.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P16116
• Use traction lock override switch for service
work with seat bar raised.
• Traction lock is engaged when light is OFF.
The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-12] has
• Lift and block the loader. Check that wheels are
three rocker switches.
clear.
• Traction lock is disengaged when light is ON.
• See Service Manual for more instruction.
W-2785-0209
Figure 10-60-14
P-85311
Description
Kit Includes:
1
7003030 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool)
6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness
6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness
P-76439
6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness
Figure 10-61-1
The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure
10-61-2] has five buttons.
Figure 10-61-3
1
1
P-85725
2
The loader service tool harness (Item 1) [Figure 10-61- When the remote start procedure is completed, replace
3] is used to connect the remote start tool (service tool) the loader connector cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-4] or
(Item 2) [Figure 10-61-3] to the electrical system on the reconnect the attachment control harness to the loader
loader. harness [Figure 10-61-5].
Figure 10-61-4
P-85729
Figure 10-61-6
2 1
1
2
P-76450
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Lift and block the machine.
• Check that wheels or tracks are clear.
• Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to
start the engine with the Service Tool (if
applicable).
• See machine Service Manual for more
instructions.
W-2792-0409
WARNING
Replaced by W-2457
W-2357-1110
Figure 10-61-10
P-76450
Raise the lift arms (if required by the procedure) and P-85725
install an approved lift arm support device.
Raise the operator cab (if required by the procedure). Loaders with an attachment control harness (7 pin or 14
pin), the attachment harness (Item 1) must be
Open the rear door of the loader. disconnected from the loader harness (Item 2) [Figure
10-61-10].
Figure 10-61-11
5 3
2
1 6 4
P-76439
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Lift and block the machine.
• Check that wheels or tracks are clear.
• Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to
start the engine with the Service Tool (if
applicable).
• See machine Service Manual for more
instructions.
W-2792-0409
Figure 10-61-13
1 2
P-85311
The gear icon with the left facing arrows (Item 1) [Figure
10-61-13] will illuminate and blink when the RUN key is
pressed and the loader is communicating with the service
tool.
Chart
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The
service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
WARNING when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function
after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0903
[1] Check every 8 - 10 hours for the first 24 hours, then at 50 hour intervals.
[2] Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled.
[3] Change oil and filter every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions.
[4] Perform at first 500 hours, then as scheduled.
[5] Or every 12 months.
Figure 10-80-1
3 1 2
P-76460G
P100072
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
replaced or as indicated.
P-90523A
Install the dust cover and secure the latches [Figure 10-
80-2].
Inner Filter
P-90524A
Install new inner filter element. Push all the way in until it
contacts the base of the housing.
Check the cooling system every day to prevent over- Figure 10-90-2
heating, loss of performance or engine damage.
Maintenance Platform 1
Figure 10-90-1
2 2
1
P100180
WARNING 1
P100056A
Cleaning
Open the rear door. (See REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) on NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the air
Page 50-70-1.) conditioning condenser so that the air
conditioning condenser does not fall on the
Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50- oil cooler and damage the fins.
60-1.)
Raise the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) and use
low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-3].
Cleaning (Cont’d) Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-4].
Figure 10-90-4
1 1
2
3
2
P100179
P100181
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2) drops
into the last position to support the oil cooler. Use low air
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator
the oil cooler (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-4]. (Item 3) [Figure 10-90-5].
Checking Level
Figure 10-90-6
P-90529B
IMPORTANT
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
Figure 10-90-7
P-85606
Fuel Specifications Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or
Grade No. 1. • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
TEMPERATURE NO. 2 NO. 1 corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
-9°C (+15°F) 100% 0% • Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
Down to -29°C (-20°F) 50% 50% failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
Below -29°C (-20°F) 0% 100% fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807
Figure 10-100-1
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the
correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
1 free movement of air and no open flames or sparks NO
SMOKING [Figure 10-100-2].
WARNING
P100006
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-1]. sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Fuel Filter After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank
has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel
For the service interval for removing water from, or system before starting the engine.
replacing the fuel filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 10-70-1.)
Figure 10-100-4
1
P-85508
Replacing Element
Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on
P-85507
the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and
hand tighten.
Open the vent (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-4] on the fuel filter
Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air housing.
From The Fuel System on Page 10-100-3.)
Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 1) [Figure
10-100-4] until fuel flows from the vent with no air
bubbles.
WARNING Close the vent (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-4].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the ENGINE OIL
engine for the work shift. RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
(LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
Figure 10-110-1 CRANKCASE)
P-85506
Park the machine on level ground. Open the rear door TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE
and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-1]. NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE API
CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER)
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do [1]Synthetic Oil - Use recommendation from Synthetic Oil
not overfill. Manufacturer.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter Install the cover and the cover mounting bolts [Figure 10-
110-3]. Tighten all bolts.
For the service interval for replacing the engine oil and
filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Figure 10-110-5
Figure 10-110-3 2
1
P-85506
2
Open the rear door, remove the oil filter (Item 3) [Figure
10-110-5] and clean the filter housing surface.
3 P-90497A
P-90499A
Use genuine Bobcat filter only.
The oil drain hose is located behind a cover under the Put oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and hand
right rear corner of the loader (Inset) [Figure 10-110-3]. tighten.
Remove two cover mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 10- Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-5].
110-3].
Put oil in the engine. For the correct quantity (See
Loosen one cover mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 10-110- Capacities on Page SPEC-10-4.) Do not overfill.
3] and slide the cover (Item 3) to the rear of the loader.
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
Figure 10-110-4 the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
WARNING
1 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
P-90498A
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-4] from W-2103-0508
the oil drain hose and drain the oil into a container.
Recycle or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe
manner.
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
before starting the work shift. RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG)
AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and
place the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob-
Tach fully back if no attachment is installed.
Figure 10-120-1
Figure 10-120-2
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
P100055
Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50- P100179
60-1.)
Figure 10-120-4 Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2) [Figure
10-120-5] drops into the last position to support the oil
cooler. This will aid in draining the hydraulic fluid.
Figure 10-120-6
1
1
P100055
P100007
P100181
Remove the hydraulic fill cap (Item 1) and unhook the two
rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-4].
Figure 10-120-7
1
P-90506
Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2) Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct fluid to the
[Figure 10-120-7] near the fitting and disconnect hose reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range
from the fitting. Route the hose out the side of the loader of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page SPEC-10-
and drain the fluid into a container. 4.) and (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-
120-1.)
Connect the hose to the cooling fan motor when the fluid
stops draining. Install the hydraulic fill cap.
Raise the bar supporting the oil cooler and lower the oil
cooler. Fasten the two rubber straps.
Figure 10-120-9
Figure 10-120-11
P-90500A P100047A
P-85478
Later Models
WARNING
Figure 10-120-12 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
P100047
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Remove the filter cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-12]. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
Figure 10-120-13 death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
1 from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
2 P100044 P100046
Figure 10-120-14
1
P-85489A
Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
where they contact the filter element seal.
Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install
P-85470 the element on the filter base. Install and tighten the filter
housing to 47 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 10-120-15
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct
(Cont’d) replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 10-70-1.)
Figure 10-120-17
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention 1
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Figure 10-130-1 If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 10-130-2], the attachment will be loose and can
come off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 10-130-3
P-85513A
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the
holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers
must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure
wedges can allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
Figure 10-130-2
1 B-17460
Figure 10-131-1 2
P-31233A P-31233
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the
holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers
must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure
wedges can allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
Figure 10-131-3
B-17460
Lubrication Locations
1 3
P-90543A
P100011
Figure 10-140-4
P-85720
Figure 10-140-7
4. Lift Arm Link Pivot (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-140-4].
Figure 10-140-5
5
7
P-85719
Earlier Models
9
Figure 10-140-8
8
P100012
Later Models
Figure 10-140-9
10
8 P-90544A
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A. This will force contaminants out through the cleanout
Forestry Service approved spark arrester exhaust hole.
system.
Stop the engine.
The spark arrester muffler, if equipped, must be
cleaned to keep it in working condition. The spark Install and tighten the plug. Close the rear door.
arrester muffler must be serviced by dumping the
spark chamber every 100 hours of operation.
WARNING
1
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive
dust or gases or where exhaust can contact
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can
P-85509 cause injury or death.
W-2068-1285
Figure 10-160-1
P100004
All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1) [Figure
10-160-1].
• Park the loader in a dry protected shelter. • Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
• Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat • Lubricate the loader.
on the ground.
• Check track condition and remove blocks from under
• Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the frame.
tracks.
• Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
• Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while
• Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine observing the instrument panels and systems for
a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump correct operation.
and fuel injectors.
• Operate machine, check for correct function.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: • Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least
30 minutes.
Figure 10-180-3
P-85737A P-85735A
P-90525A
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and steps
Push the engine speed control fully down [Figure 10- (maintaining a 3-point contact) [Figure 10-180-3].
180-1] to decrease the engine speed.
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions
are deactivated.
External Access
Figure 10-190-1
P-90563A
Front Door
P-85724
This machine may be equipped with a front door.
The rear window can be removed from outside the loader NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door
using a T40 TORX® driver. Turn both screws (Item 1) only under emergency conditions. Damage to
[Figure 10-190-1] in until the latches disengage from the machine may occur.
window frame. Pull the top of the window away from the
cab and lift up to remove. Figure 10-190-4
Rear Window
P-90725
Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.
Figure 10-190-5
1
1
P-90685
P-85781A
1
Figure 10-190-6
2
3
P-90686A
Install the gas spring socket on the ball stud fitting. Install
Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring the clip into the hole in the gas spring socket. Rotate the
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the clip to lock into place [Figure 10-190-6].
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 10-190-6].
Connect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid
Remove the door hinges from the loader. hose (Item 1) [Figure 10-190-5].
WARNING 3
30 L
OUT
29 Male
31 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
14
Female
9
10
10
33 32 Auxiliary Spool
Z TILT
CYLINDERS
8
A B
11
Tilt Spool
35
42 8 15
12
11
M4 M
3
16
D C
Lift Spool
40 40
Charge
Inlet 8 LIFT
CYLINDERS
41 40 13 20
11 18 18
B A 19 17 ?
IN 2
M M1 7
2 6
40
1
T 21
39
VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC
FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER Oil Cooler RESERVOIR (VENTED)
2
38
5 1
37 26 24 3
4
27
BRAKE VALVE - PUMP
SPRING APPLIED SUPPLY
PRESSURE 33 WORKING
B
CIRCUIT
RELEASE (SAPR) A HYDRAULIC FILTER
PILOT
PRESSURE
3 25 22 DRAIN /
Z RETURN
36 2
P DR 23
35 32
35
1
34
28 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
31
29 WITH NO OPTIONS
30 T650 (S/N A3PO11001 & ABOVE)
L
(S/N A3P111001 & ABOVE)
DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD
DRIVE MOTOR Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
7170814
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH ALL OPTIONS
T650 (S/N A3P011001 – A3P011494)
(S/N A3P111001 – A3P111115)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1353legend Printable Version Click Here
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED RELIEF VALVE - 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) 57 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
36
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. ARM BY-PASS 37 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa) (5,5 bar) 58 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
gal) (80 psi) Spring BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO MOTOR
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM 38 RELIEF VALVE - 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi)
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 59 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 39
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300 PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
Normally Closed psi) Spring And With 0,40 mm (0.016 in) Orifice
60 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 22 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 40 RESTRICTION - 0,6 mm (0.025 in)
CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa 41 FILTER – BOB-TACH VALVE FILTER – BRAKE VALVE
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS 61
(108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi)
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) 42 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
23 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 62 CHECK VALVE
87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
43 CHARGE PUMP - 63 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
24 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 64 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
25 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER)
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 45 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi) 65 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
26 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE –
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) Fan Filter 46 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 66 CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 27 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL (5.0 psi) Spring
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 47 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
(276 bar) (4000 psi) VALVE (ON/OFF) 67 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 48 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF BLEED-OFF VALVE
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 68 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE
29 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE CONTROL VALVE - BASE
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 69 RIDE CONTROL VALVE
12 ANTICAVITATION VALVE SPOOL 50 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
30 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 70 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
CONTROL VALVE - ROD
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE 51 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 71 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
31 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING 52 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL
SPOOL PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 53 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 3206 kPa (32, bar) (465 psi)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE
POWERED BOB-TACH at High Engine Idle
(SCREEN) With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid
33 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
17 54 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar)
(14.5 psi) Spring 34 RESTRICTION - 2,26 mm (0.089 in) With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
55 RESTRICTION - 2,0 mm (0.079 in)
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 35 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 56 CHECK VALVE - With 1400 kPa (14,0 bar) springs have NO significant
(203 psi) Spring pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1353legend (11-30-10)
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK
67
Male
Female
57 55 HIGH FLOW VALVE (OPTIONAL)
BUCKET POSITIONING VALVE (OPTIONAL)
65 OUT D
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 29 30
66
31
64 28
?
Auxiliary Spool
Z
59 Base
? Rod ? 6
A B
48
B TILT
50 CYLINDERS
8
49 11
HYDROSTATIC PUMP 46
? ? BICS CONTROL VALVE
51 Tilt Spool
54
47
8 13
12
M4
45 11
M
3
LIFT
D C CYLINDERS
44 14
P - in P - out T
REAR AUXILIARY
52 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
52
Lift Spool
Charge
Inlet BOB-TACH CYLINDER 8
(OPTIONAL) RIDE CONTROL
53 18 (OPTIONAL)
20
BOBTACH VALVE 11 16 16
B A 41 (OPTIONAL) 17 15 ?
37 IN
M M1 41 38 7
2
2 36 6
69
DUAL STAGE
ACCUMULATOR
52 52 1
39
19
51 35
? ?
71 70
34 40 PP
DR Oil Cooler RESERVOIR (VENTED)
T 2
5
P1 P2 1
42 33 32 4
3 DRAIN /
Z 24 21 RETURN
2
62
58 P DR 22
61 61
1
60
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
STANDARD WITH ALL OPTIONS
57 68
55 T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P011494)
56 (S/N A3P111001 - AP3111115)
L
Printable Version Click Here
DRIVE MOTOR DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD (PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
7170814
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH ALL OPTIONS
T650 (S/N A3P011495 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111116 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1409legend Printable Version Click Here
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED RELIEF VALVE - 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) 57 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
36
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) ARM BY-PASS 37 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa) (5,5 bar) 58 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(80 psi) Spring BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO
38 RELIEF VALVE - 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi) 59 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 39 CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 60 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
psi) Spring And With 0,40 mm (0.016 in) Orifice
Normally Closed CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 22 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 40 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in)
61 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa 41 SHUTTLE VALVE BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi)
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) 42 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in) 62 CHARGE PUMP -
23 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE:
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi) 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
43 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
24 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 63 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
HYDRAULIC MOTOR 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gal) at High Engine Idle
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
at Front Quick Couplers 25 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 64 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
26 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – 45 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi) 65 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi)
Fan Filter 46 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 66 CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 27 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (5.0 psi) Spring
CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 67 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
(276 bar) (4000 psi) 47 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
VALVE (ON/OFF) BLEED-OFF VALVE
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 48 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE
68
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY
29 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 69
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE RIDE CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL CONTROL VALVE - BASE
12 ANTICAVITATION VALVE SPOOL 50 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 70 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
30 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION CONTROL VALVE - ROD
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 71 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
VALVE 51 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
31 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING 52 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL
SPOOL PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi) 73 FILTER – BRAKE VALVE
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL 53 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 74 CHECK VALVE
VALVE – HYDRAULIC POWERED BOB-TACH 3206 kPa (32, bar) (465 psi)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE With Build-up Valve 207 kPa (2,07 bar) (30 psi) at High Engine Idle 75 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(SCREEN) With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid
CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar) 33 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
17 54 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
(14.5 psi) Spring 76 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
34 RESTRICTION - 2,08 mm (0.08 in) With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Make-up
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 55 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
35 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 56 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa 13,8 bar springs have NO significant
(200 psi) Spring pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1409legend (11-30-10)
INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER
67 BLOCK (FRONT AUXILIARY LEFT
L
56 67
55 Male
57 66
Female
OUT
A 59 B 48
6 69
50
8
49 11
HYDROSTATIC PUMP ? ?
46
BICS CONTROL VALVE
E1 E2 A1 A2
47
E3
27
51
52 52 8
B
28
12
2-SPEED & 13
SPRING 45
11 29
APPLIED M4 ?
M
PRESSURE
RELEASE
3 44 30
BRAKE VALVE D C 14 D2
(OPTIONAL) P in P out
75 T
B A D
72
T 53
73
Charge POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER 31
C2
Inlet (OPTIONAL)
8
BOBTACH VALVE C1 D1
(OPTIONAL)
P 17
20 16
B1 A1 C B A 36 37 11 16 15 ?
41 BUCKET POSITIONING
73 76 18 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
74 IN
74 M M1 39 7
2
2
6
35
19 TILT CYLINDERS
52 52
1
54 38 42
51
D 34 40
OIL COOLER 5 2 RESERVOIR (VENTED)
T
4
43 33 1
32
62
25 23
? WORKING CIRCUIT
26
CHARGE
PRESSURE
59 DRAIN / RETURN
B A
Z 21
24
P
22
61 58 DR
60 DRAIN/RETURN MANIFOLD
X
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
68
STANDARD WITH ALL OPTIONS
T650 (S/N A3P011495 AND ABOVE)
57 (S/N AP3111116 AND ABOVE)
55
56
L
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
DRIVE MOTOR
7170814
39 Male
12
L
40
38 OUT Male
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL
VALVE)
12
Female
9
41 10
10
Z
6
42
A B
8 TILT CYLINDERS
31 37 11
34 15
8
X
11
16 LIFT CYLINDERS
13
M 36
M
A B
M
32 32
Charge
8
33 G Inlet
20
A B
M 14 19
M 36 11 18 18 17 ?
IN 2
32 7 6
?
32
X
VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC
34 FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
1
X ?
36
35 27
25 RESERVOIR (VENTED) 21
T OIL COOLER 3 2
5
31 28
R
1
29
4
23
30 26 PUMP
SUPPLY
P WORKING
DR 24 HYDRAULIC FILTER CIRCUIT
PILOT
BRAKE VALVE - 42 PRESSURE
DRAIN /
SPRING APPLIED B A RETURN
3
Z
2
45
44 41
44
1
43 22
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
40
38 DRAIN/RETURN
MANIFOLD
SJC WITH NO OPTIONS
39
L
T650 (S/N A3PO11001 & ABOVE)
DRIVE MOTOR
(S/N A3P111001 & ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
Male
12
63
12
L
Female
53 HIGH FLOW VALVE (OPTIONAL)
61 70
BUCKET POSITIONING VALVE
71 OUT (OPTIONAL) D
31 32
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL
VALVE) 33
30
?
72 9
64 A
C
REAR QUICK COUPLERS
10
10
?
FEMALE MALE
Z
65 ? ?
6
A B 51
29
B
8 TILT CYLINDERS
53
54 60 11
52
R
49
TANDEM
? ?
BICS CONTROL VALVE
T
HYDROSTATIC
59 58
X
50
57 15
8
X
48 11
16 LIFT CYLINDERS
47 13
M 59 P in P out T
M REAR AUXILIARY
A B VALVE (OPTIONAL)
M
55 55
Charge 8
56 G Inlet
BOBTACH CYLINDER (OPTIONAL)
20
A B 22
M 14 19
40 POWER BOBTACH
M 59 11 18
VALVE (OPTIONAL) 18 17 ?
39 IN 2
55 38 40 41 7
? 6
55
X
57
1
X ?
42
59 37 ? ?
58
36 43 PP
DR
OIL COOLER 3 RESERVOIR (VENTED) 21
T 2
5 73
54 P1 P2 74
R
1
45 35 34
4
69
27
25 PUMP
SUPPLY
65 28 WORKING
BRAKE VALVE - CIRCUIT
SPRING APPLIED B A
PILOT
PRESSURE
3 DRAIN /
Z RETURN
2 23
68 26
64
67 67 P DR 24
1
66
DRAIN/RETURN MANIFOLD
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
63
61
L
SJC WITH ALL OPTION
62 T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P011494)
44
DRIVE MOTOR (S/N A3P111001 A3P111115)
Printable Version Click Here
7170815
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
SJC WITH ALL OPTIONS
T650 (S/N A3P011495 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111116 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1410legend Printable Version Click Here
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 20 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 39 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa) (5,5 bar) 62 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa 13,8 bar
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) (80 psi) Spring (200 psi) Spring
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) 21 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 40 SHUTTLE VALVE 63 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
2 SIGHT GUAGE 41 RELIEF VALVE - 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi) 64 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
ARM BY-PASS
3 22 RIDE CONTROL VALVE 42 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) psi) Spring And With 0,33 mm (0.013 in) Orifice 65 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
23 ANTICAVITATION VALVE PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
Normally Closed
43 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in)
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 24 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 66 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa 44 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in) CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) 67 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) 45 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE
25 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 46 NOT USED FOR THIS MODEL
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi) MOTOR – 2 Speed
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 26 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 68 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
47
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) HYDRAULIC MOTOR CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
at Front Quick Couplers 27 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi) CHARGE PUMP -
8 48 69
RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 28 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Fan Filter CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL 70 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa 29 50 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
(276 bar) (4000 psi) CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 71 FILTER - BRAKE
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE (ON/OFF) 51 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 30 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE
31 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BASE 73 CHECK VALVE
12 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 53 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 74 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
BLEED-OFF VALVE SPOOL CONTROL VALVE - ROD
13 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 32 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 75 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
54 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
VALVE BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
14 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 76
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM 33 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH (5.0 psi) Spring
55
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi) 77 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
SPOOL CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
15 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 56 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 34 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 2654 kPa (26,5 bar) (385 psi) at High 78 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC Engine Idle With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Make-up
16
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL POWERED BOB-TACH 57 SERVO PISTON – Swash Plate 79 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
17 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 35 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
58 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 80 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
36 RESTRICTION - 2,08 mm (0.08 in) CONTROL VALVE – FORWARD/REVERSE
18 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 59 FILTER
(SCREEN) 37 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
19 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar) CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 60 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS springs have NO significant
38 With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring pressure value.
(14.5 psi) Spring RELIEF VALVE - 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi)
61 RESTRICTION – 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
Printed in U.S.A. V-1410legend (11-30-10)
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK
L
62 12
61
Male
63 75
12
Female
OUT
RIDE CONTROL
66 80 (FIELD INSTALLED OPTION) 79
W
67
64
REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS MALE 10
65
10 LIFT CYLINDERS
Z
Auxiliary Spool
?
51 ? 9
A B
22
53
8
52
49 6 11
HYDROSTATIC PUMP BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
? ?
R (BICS)
54 TILT BASE
T
E1 E2 A1 A2
58 50
TILT ROD E3
X 59 Tilt Spool
B 30
57 8
55 15
X 48
?
11 32
LIFT ROD 29
78 47 16 D2
77
B A D M 59 REAR AUXILIARY P in P out T 13
72 M 31
A B
VALVE (OPTION)
T LIFT BASE
M
Lift Spool
56 55
33 C2
8
G BOBTACH CYLINDER (OPTIONAL) C1 D1
P A B
POWER BOBTACH
M VALVE (OPTIONAL) 18
B1 14
2-SPEED & 59 18
M 11 19
SAPR BRAKE 17 ?
BUCKET POSITIONING
71 VALVE 40
39 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
73 (OPTIONAL) 38 IN
2 20
7
55 ? 6
55
X
41
42
57 TILT CYLINDERS
1
X ? 58 Oil Cooler
59 21
54 60 44
37 36 RESERVOIR
T D 43 (VENTED)
5 2 1
R
68
35
34
69
27 25
WORKING CIRCUIT
?
28 CHARGE
PRESSURE
23
DRAIN / RETURN
65
B A
Z 26
P DR
24
67 64
W
66
X HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
45
SJC WITH ALL OPTION
T650 (S/N A3P011495 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111116 AND ABOVE)
63
61 Printable Version Click Here
62
L DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD (PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
DRIVE MOTOR
7170815
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
COUPLER - Quick - Acting Coupling SWITCH - Switch activates when
(uncoupled, closed by non-return pressure difference reaches specified
valve). level.
NON-RETURN VALVE, SHUTTLE VALVE: Valve which DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE: Valve providing for
allows free flow in one direction only. the opening (fully or restricted) or the closing of one or
more flow paths (represented by several squares).
O
IS
D
FRONT
BACK
control switching joystick functions for
STD / ISO Control (Excavators Only).
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat service personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
The hydraulic system will not operate. 1, 2, 3, 5, 8
Slow hydraulic system action. 1, 3, 4, 6, 8
Hydraulic action is not smooth. 1, 4, 5, 6, 7
Lift arms go up slowly at full engine rpm. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
The lift arms or Bob-Tach will move when the pedal is in neutral position. 4
The lift arms come down with the pedal in the neutral position. 4, 9, 10, 11
Lift Arm Bypass Control valve stuck. 12
Lift Arm Bypass Control valve stem bent or broke. 13
Testing
Figure 20-20-1
P-90617
1
Install a cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-2] on the hose and
P-90616 tighten.
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar. engine and press the PTOL button.
WARNING W-2103-0508
Figure 20-20-4
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
2
1
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
2
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
P-90824
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888 Cap and plug both fittings on the cylinder (Item 1)
[Figure 20-20-4].
Figure 20-20-3
NOTE: Do not cap or plug the two hydraulic hoses
(Item 2) [Figure 20-20-4].
WARNING
P-90616 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
Mark and disconnect the two hydraulic hoses (Item 1) death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
[Figure 20-20-3]. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Figure 20-20-5
P-90602A
Figure 20-20-6
P-90611
DANGER
1
P-90605
P-90328
2
WARNING 1
P-90823
Figure 20-20-9
P-90827
1
With a slide hammer, remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-
20-11] from the base end of the lift cylinder.
Figure 20-20-12
P-90834
P-90825
Parts Identification
1. Seal
2. Hydraulic Tubeline
3. Cylinder Case Tube
4. Plug
5. Clamp
6. Nut
7. Back-up Ring
8. O-ring 4
9. Piston Assembly
10. Spacer
11. O-ring
3
12. Back-up Ring
13. O-ring
14. Head 4
15. Rod Seal 5
16. Wiper Seal
17. Rod
18. Grease Fitting
6
7
8
2 9
10
1
13
14
15
16
11
12
17
18
NA1413S
Disassembly
2
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
1
Remove the back-up ring (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-20-15] from the piston.
Figure 20-20-16
P-48033
4
3
2
P-48039
1
Remove the O-ring (Item 1). Remove the O-ring (Item 2)
and the back-up ring (Item 3) [Figure 20-20-16] from the
cylinder head.
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3)
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-14].
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-20-17
P-48040
Figure 20-20-18
P-48042
Assembly
Figure 20-20-19
P-48038
Figure 20-20-21
P7424 1
Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic oil during P-48043 P7427
installation.
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-20-21].
fits the piston [Figure 20-20-19].
NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal
Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-21] must be installed
on the piston. toward the inside of the cylinder.
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-20-22
1
P101716
Figure 20-20-25
Install the rod seal in the head [Figure 20-20-22].
Figure 20-20-23
1
2
3
2 4
P-48036
P-48041 P-48042 NOTE: Clean and dry the threads before installing the
nut. Install the new nut from the kit.
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item Install the head (Item 1), spacer (Item 2) piston (Item 3),
1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-20- and nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-25].
23].
Tighten the nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-25] to 1152 N•m
(850 ft-lb) torque.
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-20-26
P-48035
Testing
Figure 20-21-1
P100721
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
Remove the attachment. Roll the Bob-Tach fully back. engine and press the PTOL button.
Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.
Operate the controls that rolls the Bob-Tach forward.
Figure 20-21-3
2
1
1
P-85562
Figure 20-21-4
P-85648
Figure 20-21-7
P-85564
Slide the cylinder from the base pin and remove the
cylinder from the loader [Figure 20-21-7].
Figure 20-21-8
P-85567
1
Check pivot pin and replace as needed [Figure 20-21-
P-85565 10].
Figure 20-21-9
P-85566
Remove the tilt cylinder from the cylinder base pin (Item
1) [Figure 20-21-8]. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 20-21-2.)
1. Tubeline
2. Case
3. Plug
4. Grease Fitting
5. Clamp
6. Nut
7. Back-up Ring
8. O-ring
9. Piston
10. O-ring
11. Back-up Ring
12. O-ring 4
13. Head
14. Seal
15. Wiper 5
1
16. Rod
17. Bushing 2
18. Seal
8 6
3
7
8
9
8
3
18
12
13
14
15
10
11 16
18
17
18
NA1210S
1. Tubeline
2. Case
3. Plug
4. O-ring
5. Grease Fitting
6. Clamp
7. Nut
8. Seal
9. O-ring
10. Piston
5
11. Seal
12. O-ring
13. Head 6
14. Seal
15. Wiper 4 2
16. Rod 3
17. Bushing
7
1 8
4 9
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
NA6008S
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
Figure 20-21-11
P-48071
1
Figure 20-21-14
2
Later
Models
3 2
1
1
P-85651
P106021
Disassembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 20-21-15
Early
Models 2
3
1
2
P-48039
Figure 20-21-16
NOTE: The O-ring (Item 2) and back-up ring (Item 3)
Later 2
[Figure 20-21-17] are no longer available
Models
parts. The seal kit will contain a one piece seal
that is used in place of the O-ring and back-up
ring.
1
Figure 20-21-18
P106020
P-48040
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-21-19
P-48042
Assembly Early
Models
1
Use the following tools to assemble the cylinder:
Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic oil during Figure 20-21-22
installation.
Later 1
Models
Figure 20-21-20
P106020
P7424
Install the O-ring (Item 1), and seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-
21-21] and [Figure 20-21-22] on the cylinder piston.
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-21-20].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-21-23 2
P-48041 P-48042
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item
P-48043 P7427 1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-
25].
Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-21-23]. Figure 20-21-26
Figure 20-21-24
P101716
P7425
Assembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 20-21-27
Early
Models
1
2
P106021
P106017 P-85650
NOTE: Clean and dry the threads before installing the Install the bushing (Item 1) and seals (Item 2) [Figure 20-
nut. Install the new nut from the kit. 21-30] using a driver tool and hammer.
Install the head (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and nut (Item 3)
[Figure 20-21-27] and [Figure 20-21-28].
Testing
WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
P-85570
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Figure 20-22-1
P-85568
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine.
Figure 20-22-4
P-85570
Disconnect the hoses from the rod and base end cylinder
fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-4].
Figure 20-22-5
1
1
P-85569
Parts Identification
1. Tube 8. Ring
2. Nut 9. O-ring
3. Piston 10. Head
4. O-ring 11. Seal
5. Ring 12. Seal
6. Spacer 13. Rod
7. O-ring
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
PE3954S
Disassembly 3 2 1
Figure 20-22-6
P16295
Figure 20-22-9
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
2
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
1
Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.
Figure 20-22-7
N-20611
2
4 3 1
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1), and rod seal (Item 2),
the back-up washer (Item 3), the thin O-ring (Item 4), and
the thick O-ring (Item 5) [Figure 20-22-9] from the head.
P16294
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3),
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-7] from the rod.
Assembly
3 1
2
Figure 20-22-10
P16295
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-22-10]. N-20612
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-22-13
2
3
P7422
3
2 4
1
P7425
P16294
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-22-17
P-85647
Description
Testing
1
2
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
WARNING P-85571
When the engine is running during service, the Connect the IN port (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-1] of the
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and hydraulic tester to the bottom (female) quick coupler on
the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can the loader.
cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209
Connect the OUT port (Item 2) [Figure 20-30-1] of the
hydraulic tester to the top (male) quick coupler on the
loader.
P-85572
Figure 20-30-4
Right
Steering
1 Lever
Control
P-26697
Adjusting
Figure 20-30-5
1
2
P-85573
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-37689
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
Clean the area around the control valve. Remove the O-rings and back-up washers from the main
relief valve [Figure 20-30-7].
NOTE: This procedure is for standard loaders,
loaders equipped with ACS option and Clean the main relief valve in clean solvent. Use air
loaders equipped with SJC option. The main pressure to dry the valve.
relief valve is located in the same place on all
of the loaders. Install new O-rings and back-up washers. Install the main
relief valve and tighten [Figure 20-30-7].
Figure 20-30-6
Installation: Tighten the main relief valve to 48 - 54 N•m
(35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
P-85573
Description
Figure 20-40-1
P-90327
The lift and tilt functions in the hydraulic control valve are
operated by linkage connected to the foot pedals.
Removal And Installation Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
on Page 50-100-2.)
P-90328
Open rear door.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Figure 20-40-2
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised 3
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409 1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 2
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm P-90187
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-
20-1.)
Figure 20-40-3
2
1
P-90270
Figure 20-40-4 1
P-90271
2
Figure 20-40-7
1 1
2 2
1 1
P-90274
Figure 20-40-10
Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-7].
Figure 20-40-8
P-90275
Figure 20-40-11
1
P-90280
Figure 20-40-14
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-11] that
routes from the bottom of the control valve to the outlet
2
fitting of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-40-12
P-90279
Support the control valve and remove the two bolts (Item Installation: Torque the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure
1) [Figure 20-40-12]. 20-40-14] to 406 - 447 N•m (300 - 330 ft-lb).
Remove the control valve from the loader. Remove the control valve bracket from the loader.
Identification Chart
Figure 20-40-15
C2 C3
J4 J2
B3 E3
E3
F2
G1 G2
D5
A3 D3
B2
A2
D4 F4 E2
C4
D1
D2
A1
H3
F3 E1
H2 B1
F1 MR J3
H1 J1 C1
P-90307
3
1 P-90309
Figure 20-40-17
P-90310
3
4
2
1
P-90312
At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-
load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-19]. 20] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb)
At the front side of the control valve locate the auxiliary torque.
section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-19].
Figure 20-40-21
P-90314
P-90314 Loosen the lift circuit port relief / anti cavitation valve
(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-23].
At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift Figure 20-40-24
section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-21].
Figure 20-40-22
3 1
4
P-90315
Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
20-40-22].
Figure 20-40-25
P-90314
P-90314 Remove the tilt port relief / anti cavitation valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-40-27] from the rod end of the tilt section.
Remove the tilt port relief / anti cavitation valve (Item 1) Figure 20-40-28
[Figure 20-40-25] from the base end of the tilt section.
Figure 20-40-26
1
1
P-90319
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-26] before Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
installation.
Figure 20-40-29
P-90318A
Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-29] Figure 20-40-32
from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.
Figure 20-40-30
P-51640
2
P-90318 Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure
20-40-32]. Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-40-33
1
P-51461
At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-40-33].
Figure 20-40-34
P-51462
Figure 20-40-37
P-51506
Figure 20-40-38
1
2
P-51701
Figure 20-40-39
1 1
1 1
P-51699A
1
Figure 20-40-42
P-51697
1
Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) and the tilt
spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-39] from the
end cap / spool lock block.
4
Figure 20-40-40
1
P-51701
Remove the four end cap / spool lock block mount screws
(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-41] and [Figure 20-40-42].
1
Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
100 in-lb) torque.
Disconnect the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-40] from Remove the end cap / spool lock block (Item 4) [Figure
the end cap / spool lock block. 20-40-42] from the control valve.
Remove the end cap / spool lock block from the control
valve.
Figure 20-40-43
P-90321
Figure 20-40-46
P-51511A
1
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-43]. 2
P-51512
Figure 20-40-47
2 1
3
1
2 P-51517
1 2
P-51515
Remove the detent sleeve (Item 1), detent balls (Item 2)
and spring (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-49].
Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-47] from the
detent bonnet.
IMPORTANT
The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do
not lose these parts during disassembly and
assembly.
I-2012-0284
Figure 20-40-48
P-51516
Figure 20-40-50
P-8988
Figure 20-40-53
Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure
20-40-50] from the control valve. 2
Figure 20-40-51
1
3
1
N-18915
Figure 20-40-54
N-19009
Figure 20-40-55
1
N-18919A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-57].
N-19004
N-18961
N-18918 NOTE: Check the O-ring for damage. The lift spool
will have an internal leak if there is damage to
this O-ring. Always replace the O-ring and
Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 20-
recheck the lift spool before the control valve
40-58].
is replaced.
Figure 20-40-59
Figure 20-40-61
N-18920
N-18963
Removal of the plastic plug:
Make a center point in the plug using a 1,6 mm (1/16 in) Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 20-
drill. 40-61].
Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 2,8 mm
(7/64 in) tap drill
O-ring
1 3
2
N-18958
Plastic
Plug
15,2 mm Apply grease on all the detent component surfaces
(0.60 inch)
before assembly [Figure 20-40-64].
Figure 20-40-63
N-18968
N-18967
Install the detent adapter to the collar [Figure 20-40-65].
Clamp the collar (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-63] in a vice. NOTE: The collar and the detent adapter are held
together by spring pressure when assembled
to the lift spool not the detent balls. Hold the
detent adapter and collar together to prevent
the detent balls and spring from falling out.
Figure 20-40-66
N-19005
Figure 20-40-69
2
N-18917
Figure 20-40-70
2
P-51515
1
N-19008
P-51514
Figure 20-40-74
1
1
P-51512
Figure 20-40-75
P-51511A
Figure 20-40-78
2
1
P-51697
3
Use an ohmmeter to measure the lock solenoid coils
resistance.
4
P-51701 The correct resistance for the coil is 16.02 - 19.58 ohm.
Install the lift and tilt spool rubber boots and mount plate
(Item 3) and install the three mounting screws (Item 4)
[Figure 20-40-78].
Figure 20-40-79
P-90320
Remove the lift and tilt end cap / spool lock block. (See
End Cap Block Removal And Installation on Page 20-40- 2
14.)
Figure 20-40-81
P-90323
Figure 20-40-82
P-51544
4
1
N-18944A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-87].
N-18942
Figure 20-40-88
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 20-
40-85]. 2
1
Install the spool tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-85] over the
centering spring.
Figure 20-40-86
1
1
P-51545 N-18943
N-19014
Figure 20-40-89
1
1
2 3 2
P-51547
Figure 20-40-90
P-51549A
P-51546A
Figure 20-40-93
1
2
P-51550
Figure 20-40-94
P-51551
Figure 20-40-95
1
2
P-85528
Figure 20-40-96
P-85556
Figure 20-40-97 1
1
2
P-85528
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-97] from the Figure 20-40-100
solenoid stem.
N-18694
Figure 20-40-101 1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2 P-51564
Figure 20-40-104
Locate the two BICS™ lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt
circuit and (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-101] is for the lift
circuit.
Figure 20-40-102
P-51705
Figure 20-40-105 1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1 2
P-51564
Figure 20-40-106
P-90324
Figure 20-40-108
1
P-51707
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-108] from the Figure 20-40-111
valve.
Figure 20-40-109
P-51463
P-51437 Remove the O-rings from the main relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-40-111].
Check the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-40- Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten to 52 - 61
109]. N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-40-112
1
P-68869
Figure 20-40-115
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-112].
Figure 20-40-113
P-90326
Description
Figure 20-41-1
DANGER
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
P-90337
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main support. Replace if damaged.
frame on the right hand side, below the operator’s cab. D-1009-0409
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10- 1
20-1.)
Figure 20-41-2
2
P-90187
Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-2] off to the side.
Figure 20-41-4
1
3
1 2
P-90271
Figure 20-41-7
Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure
20-41-4] from the control valve.
Figure 20-41-5
P-90272
2
1
Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-7].
P-90270
P-90275
1
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-10] that
routes from the control valve to the junction block at the
P-90273 rear of the machine.
1 1
1
1
P-90274
P-90276
Disconnect the three tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-9] Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-11] that
that route from the control valve to the junction block at routes from the bottom of the control valve to the outlet
the rear of the loader. fitting of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-41-12
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 20-41-13
Support the control valve and remove the two bolts (Item
1) [Figure 20-41-12].
P-90330
Figure 20-41-14
1
2
1
P-54568
Figure 20-41-15
P-54566
Figure 20-41-17
P-54339
P-54337 Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve.
Figure 20-41-20
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-17]
from the tilt actuator.
Figure 20-41-18
P-54340
Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
41-18].
Figure 20-41-21
1 1
P-54343
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-21] Figure 20-41-24
from the lift actuator.
Figure 20-41-22
P-54340
Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
41-22].
Figure 20-41-25
4 3
1
3
P-90329
Identification Chart
Figure 20-41-26
C2 C3
J4 J2
B3 E3
E3
F2
G1 G2
D5
A3 D3
B2
A2
D4 E2
C4
D1
D2
A1
H3
E1
H2 B1
F1 MR J3
H1 J1 C1
P-90307
Figure 20-41-27
P-90308
P-90310
P-90279
1
1
2 P-90311
At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section
load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-32].
3
P-90309 At the front side of the control valve locate the auxiliary
section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-32].
Remove and install new O-rings (Item 1) and back-up NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are
ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-31]. interchangeable.
Check the free movement load check valve and spring Figure 20-41-33
(Item 3) [Figure 20-41-31].
IMPORTANT 1
2
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all 3
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, 4
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-41-34
P-90314
P-90314 Loosen the lift circuit port relief / anti cavitation valve
(Item 1) [Figure 20-41-36].
At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift Figure 20-41-37
section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-34].
Figure 20-41-35
3 1
4
P-90315
Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
20-41-35].
Figure 20-41-38
P-90314
P-90314 Remove the tilt port relief / anti cavitation valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-41-40] from the rod end of the tilt section.
Remove the tilt port relief / anti cavitation valve (Item 1) Figure 20-41-41
[Figure 20-41-38] from the base end of the tilt section.
Figure 20-41-39
1
1
P-90319
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-39] before Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
installation.
Figure 20-41-42
P-90318A
Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-42] Figure 20-41-45
from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.
Figure 20-41-43
P-51640
Figure 20-41-46
1
P-51461
At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-41-46].
Figure 20-41-47
P-51462
Remove the lift and tilt actuators from the control valve. MEL 1285 - Spring Tool
(See Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader) on
Page 20-41-5.) Remove the end cap block from the control valve.
1 2
P-90338
P-68042
Disconnect the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-50] from Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-52].
the end cap block.
Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate lightly
Remove the two end cap block mount screws (Item 2) with oil before installation of the end cap block.
[Figure 20-41-50].
Figure 20-41-53
Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
100 in-lb) torque.
Figure 20-41-51
P-68047
1
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
P-90339 20-41-53] from the lift spool.
Figure 20-41-54
1
1
P-68045
1
Figure 20-41-55
P-68046
P-68044
N-190146
Figure 20-41-59
3
4 1
1
P-51776
P-51773
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-61].
Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-59] over the
centering spring.
N-18920
P-74184
Removal of the plastic plug:
Make a center point in the plug using a 1,6 mm (1/16 in) Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 20-
drill. 41-64].
Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 2,8 mm Figure 20-41-65
(7/64 in) tap drill.
P-68046 P-51775
2
P-74183
Figure 20-41-66
1 1
2
2
P-68047
3
3
Install the O-ring (Item 1) and bushing (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-68] on the lift spool.
P-68044
Figure 20-41-69
Figure 20-41-67
P-68042
P-68048
2
2
1
P-68040
P-68049
Install the end cap block (Item 1) and the two mount bolts Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-70]. 20-41-71] from the tilt spool.
Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - Figure 20-41-72
100 in-lb) torque.
P-90321
Figure 20-41-73 1
N-18942
1
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 20-
41-75].
P-90342
Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-75] over the
centering spring.
Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 20-
41-73] from the control valve. Figure 20-41-76
1
N-19014
P-68052 Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100
in-lb) torque.
Remove the tilt spool, centering spring, back-up washer Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.
and spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-74].
Figure 20-41-77
2 1
3
2
4
1
P-90321
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-79]
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-77]. from the spool centering block.
Figure 20-41-78 Installation: Tighten the bolts to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
100 in-lb) torque.
2
1 Remove the spool centering block from the control valve.
Figure 20-41-80
2
P-51545 N-18943
P-68053
Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.
Figure 20-41-81
2
2
P-68077
1
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-83] from the auxiliary spool.
P-68054
Figure 20-41-84
Figure 20-41-82
2
1 P-68078
P-68076
Figure 20-41-85
1
2
P-90337
Figure 20-41-86
P-85556
Figure 20-41-87 1
P-90346
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-87] from the Figure 20-41-90
solenoid stem.
N-18694
Figure 20-41-91
1
2 P-51792
Figure 20-41-92
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
P-51564
P-90321
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-41-94] from the valve, and replace with new.
Remove the lift lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-92]
from the back of the control valve.
Figure 20-41-95
1
P-51794
Figure 20-41-98
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-95] from the
valve.
Figure 20-41-96
1
1
P-90344
Figure 20-41-99
1
P-68869
Figure 20-41-102
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-99].
Figure 20-41-100
P-90326
Description
Testing
Figure 20-50-1
P-85290B P-85290A
Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop the
engine. Turn the Lift Arm Bypass Control Knob (Item 1)
[Figure 20-50-1] clockwise 1/4 turn. Then pull up and
hold the Lift Arm Bypass Control Knob until the lift arms
slowly lower.
1
3
DANGER
2
P-85670
P-90328
AVOID DEATH Hold the lift arm bypass control knob (Item 1) [Figure 20-
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic 50-2] and loosen the jam nut on the lift arm bypass valve
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure shaft.
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Remove the lift arm bypass control knob (Item 1).
unless supported by an approved lift arm Remove the jam nut (Item 2) from the valve shaft [Figure
support. Replace if damaged. 20-50-2].
D-1009-0409
Figure 20-50-3
WARNING
2
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-85671
Figure 20-50-4
1 2
P-85673
P-85672
Remove the lift arm bypass valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-
5] from the valve block. Inspect the bypass valve for
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-4] to damage and replace if necessary.
replace the bypass valve mounting bracket if necessary.
Installation: Tighten the valve to 45 - 50 N•m (33 - 37 ft-
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm lb) torque.
bypass valve in the loader.
Inspect the hydraulic fittings (Item 2) [Figure 20-50-5] on
the valve block for damage and replace if necessary.
The hydraulic pump has a dedicated charge pump. This NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 25,5 MPa (255,1 bar) (3700
supplies flow to the hydraulic fan motor and charge psi).
pressure to the hydrostatic pump.
Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-1] on
A seal kit is available to service the hydraulic pump. If the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow
any of the main components of the pump are damaged, should be approximately 87,1 - 90,8 L/min (23 - 24 U.S.
the entire pump must be replaced. gpm). Start turning the restrictor clockwise, causing more
restriction on the flow. The U.S. gpm should drop off
Pump Test At Quick Couplers slightly until the pressure reaches approximately 21,4
MPa (213,7 bar) (3100 psi). At approximately 21,4 MPa
The tools listed will be needed to do the following (213,7 bar) (3100 psi) the flow should start decreasing
procedure: rapidly until the pressure reaches 23,8 - 24,1 MPa (237,9
- 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi). At 23,8 - 24,1 MPa (237,9
TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204,4 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi) the flow should be at 0 L/
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit min (0 U.S gpm). Turn the restrictor (Item 2) [Figure 20-
60-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the auxiliary
Figure 20-60-1 hydraulics off.
2 P-90171
1
1
WARNING 2
P-90178 P-90176
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2]
fall or move and cause injury or death. that comes from the gear pump, and connects to the
W-2017-0286
control valve.
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- Figure 20-60-3
1.)
1
WARNING 2
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-3] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2]
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See REMOTE 20-60-3] from the tester to the control valve fitting (Item
START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 7003031 on Page 2) [Figure 20-60-2] on the control valve.
10-61-1.)
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
rpm*.
WARNING
P-85897A
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4].
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Figure 20-60-5
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
P-90177
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-5] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4]
NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic 20-60-5] from the tester to the inlet fitting on the fan (Item
Tester, to prevent any contamination to the 1) [Figure 20-60-4].
Hydrostatic Pumps.
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
rpm*.
1
1
1
DANGER
P-90180
2
1
IMPORTANT
3
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all P-90509
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
60-7] from the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-60-8
1
1
P100685
Figure 20-60-10
P-43940 P-43938A
Fill the system with hydraulic fluid. (See Removing And P100352
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
Start the loader from the operators cab and run the
engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
After operating the engine at low idle, remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.
Parts Identification
Figure 20-60-11
18
12
6
11
4
17
2 15
5
5 13 14
6
2
3
7
6
10
2
5
8 9
6
4 5
3
16 2
P-66540
8. Idler Gear (Auxiliary Pump) NOTE: A seal kit is available through Bobcat Service
Parts.
9. Auxiliary Pump Center Section
Assembly: Tighten the eight pump housing bolts (Item
10. Auxiliary Pump End Section 19) [Figure 20-60-11] to 50 N•m (37 ft-lb) torque.
11. Spline Shaft NOTE: Position the wear plate (Item 5) [Figure 20-60-
11] inlets and traps as shown with the bronze
12. Drive Gear (Charge Pump) side toward the gears on all wear plates.
13. Idler Gear (Charge Pump) NOTE: Inspect all gears, shafts and pump end
sections. If any of these components have
14. Charge Pump Center Section excessive wear or damage is visible, the
complete pump must be replaced.
15. Charge Pump End Section
A seal kit is available to service the hydraulic pump. If Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-1] on
any of the main components of the pump are damaged, the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow
the entire pump must be replaced. should be approximately 87,1 - 90,8 L/min (23 - 24 U.S.
gpm). Start turning the restrictor clockwise, causing more
Pump Test At Quick Couplers restriction on the flow. The U.S. gpm should drop off
slightly until the pressure reaches approximately 21,4
The tools listed will be needed to do the following MPa (213,7 bar) (3100 psi). At approximately 21,4 MPa
procedure: (213,7 bar) (3100 psi) the flow should start decreasing
rapidly until the pressure reaches 23,8 - 24,1 MPa (237,9
TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204,4 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi). At 23,8 - 24,1 MPa (237,9
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi) the flow should be at 0 L/
min (0 U.S. gpm). Turn the restrictor (Item 2) [Figure 20-
Figure 20-61-1 61-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the auxiliary
hydraulics off.
1
If flow and pressure specifications are not obtained, go to
Direct Pump Testing. (See Direct Pump Test (Standard
Section) on Page 20-61-2.)
2 P-90171
1
1
WARNING 2
P-90178 P-90176
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-2]
fall or move and cause injury or death. that comes from the gear pump, and connects to the
W-2017-0286
control valve.
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- Figure 20-61-3
1.)
1
WARNING 2
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-3] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-2]
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See REMOTE 20-61-3] from the tester to the control valve fitting (Item
START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 7003031 on Page 2) [Figure 20-61-2] on the control valve.
10-61-1.)
Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) (Cont'd) The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the MEL1563 - Remote Start Tool Kit
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204,4 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full MEL10006 - Fitting Kit
rpm*.
%= HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (U.S. gpm) X 100 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
FREE FLOW (U.S. gpm) support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
1 rpm*.
P-90177
1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-90186
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Figure 20-61-7 NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 25,5 MPa (255,1 bar) (3700
psi).
Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (U.S.
1 gpm) at full rpm. Increase the restriction and the flow
should drop to 0 L/min (0 U.S. gpm) between 24,1 MPa
(241,3 bar) (3500 psi) and 25,5 MPa (255,1 bar) (3700
psi).
1
2
P-90177
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Press the front
auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Push the
button (on the right control lever) for fluid flow to the quick
coupler. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no
flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected
wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the
engine speed to full rpm*.
1 1
1
1
1
P-90352 P-45445
Remove the mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-9] NOTE: [Figure 20-61-11] shows adjusting the relief
from the access cover and remove the cover from the screw on a wheeled machine for photo clarity.
loader.
If the pump reaches 25,5 MPa (255,1 bar) (3700 psi) and
there is flow stop the engine. The relief screw must be
turned counterclockwise 1/4 turn and retested with the
procedure above.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to 1
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Remove the track from the right side of the loader. (See P-64022
Track Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-4.) OR
(See Track Removal And Installation on Page 40-21-4.)
Locate the high flow relief valve through rear door along
Figure 20-61-12 the right side of the engine.
1
1 1 1
P-90352 3
P-45459
Inspect the relief valve and replace the two O-rings (Item
1) and washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-14].
Figure 20-61-15
P-45461
At the right side access hole, disconnect the electrical Remove the valve cartridge (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-17].
connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-15] from the high flow
pump solenoid. Installation: Tighten the solenoid valve to 47 - 54 N•m
(35 - 40 ft-lb).
Figure 20-61-16
Figure 20-61-18
P-45460
P-45462
Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to 5 - 8 N•m (48 - Inspect the O-ring and back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure
72 in-lb) 20-61-18] and replace as needed.
DANGER 1
1
P-90184
Figure 20-61-20
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
IMPORTANT P-90185
Removal And Installation (Cont’d) NOTE: This procedure is necessary to prevent a dry
startup of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-61-21
Fill the system with hydraulic fluid. (See Removing And
1 Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
2
Figure 20-61-23
Momentary Switch
2
3
P-90509A
Remove the hydraulic pump (Item 3) [Figure 20-61-19] The starter bypass tool consists of two wires, each with a
from the loader. clamp. The momentary switch, when depressed, will
allow current to pass through the circuit.
Figure 20-61-22
Connect the starter bypass tool to the starter solenoid
battery terminal and S terminal. Crank the engine for 15
seconds, then stop for at least 30 seconds. Again, crank
the engine for 15 seconds. Remove the starter bypass
tool.
Start the loader from the operators cab and run the
engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
1
After operating the engine at low idle, remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
P-43940 P-43938A of cylinder stroke.
Parts Identification
Figure 20-61-24
21
1. Stem
22
2. Valve
5 3. Wear Plate
4 4. Seal Section
3
6 5. Rear Housing
6. Bolt
7. Pre-load Seal
8. Load Seal
22 9. Spline Connector
24 10. Pin
11. Gear Set
1 12. Gear Housing
10 13. Gear Housing
2
14. Gear Set
3
11 15. Gear Housing
8 9
7 16. Gear Set
23 4 17. Center Housing
10
17 12 18. Center Housing
19. Front Housing
4 20. Shaft Seal
3
21. High Flow Relief
22. Seal
10 23. Nut
3 24. Coil
9 14
8
7
4
10 13
18
4
3
10
4
8
7
4 15
16
19
20
10
MS1456S
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Description
2
The hydraulic / hydrostatic filters help to remove 2
contaminants from the fluid when the hydraulic /
hydrostatic systems are operating.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-70-2
P-90011
Figure 20-70-3
1
1 P-90537
Description
Drain the fluid from the reservoir. (See Removing And Remove the hydraulic fluid reservoir from the loader.
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
Installation: Tighten the mount bolts and nuts to 21,7 -
Remove the Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Housing (See 24,4 N•m (16 - 18 ft-lb) torque.
Housing Removal And Installation on Page 20-70-1.)
Figure 20-80-1
P-90013
Figure 20-80-3
P-90506
Description
P-85936
IMPORTANT Slide the plastic sleeve (Item 1) away from the oil cooler
(Item 2). Remove the clip (Item 3) [Figure 20-90-2] and
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, pull hose out.
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, Cap or plug all hoses and fittings.
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-90-1
1 2
P-85938
Slide the plastic sleeve (Item 1) away from the oil cooler
(Item 2). Remove the clip (Item 3) [Figure 20-90-1] and
pull hose out.
Figure 20-90-3
4 4
2
5
3
P-85905
Lift up the oil cooler and remove the cooler from the
loader.
DANGER
1 P-90197
Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And NOTE: The engine is shown removed for photo
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) clarity.
1
1 2
2
P-90187 N-18191
Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel Inspect the solenoid stem and replace the O-rings (Item
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-1] off to the side. 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-3].
DANGER
1 P-90197
Figure 20-100-4
3 2
4 3
1
P-90188
Disconnect and cap the tilt base inlet hose (Item 1), the
tilt rod inlet hose (Item 2), the lift rod inlet hose (Item 3),
and the lift base inlet hose (Item 4) [Figure 20-100-6]
that route from the control valve.
2
P-90187
Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-4] off to the side.
Figure 20-100-7
P-90190A
2
1
Remove the mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-100-9].
P-90189A
Remove the bucket position valve from the loader.
Disconnect and cap the tilt cylinder hose (Item 1) and the
tilt cylinder base end hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-7]
from the valve block.
Figure 20-100-8
2
2
1
P-90197A
Disconnect and cap the lift base outlet hose and tubeline
(Item 1) and the lift rod outlet hose and tubeline (Item 2)
[Figure 20-100-8] that route from the lift cylinders.
Figure 20-100-10
3
1
2
1 3
2
P-90194
Remove the tilt cylinder check valve (Item 1), spring (Item
P-90192 2), and plug (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-12]. Inspect for
wear, inspect the O-ring and replace as needed.
Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1), coil (Item 2), and the Assembly: Tighten the plug to 75,9 - 86,8 N•m (56 - 64
stem (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-10]. ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-100-11
P-90193
Description
Solenoid Testing
Figure 20-110-1
P9137
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
1
DANGER 1
P-93303
P-90328
AVOID DEATH Disconnect and cap the tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic 110-3]
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. Figure 20-110-4
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
1
Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader.
Figure 20-110-2
Disconnect the accessory wiring harness (Item 1)
[Figure 20-110-4] from the main harness.
P-90583
Figure 20-110-5
1
1
P-48751
P-90581
Figure 20-110-7
P-48752
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly 1
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-48755
Figure 20-110-8
Figure 20-110-11
1
2
2
P-48755
P-48757
Figure 20-110-9
P-48756
Figure 20-110-12
P-48759
1
Figure 20-110-15
P-48753
Figure 20-110-13
1
2 2
P-48760
Assembly: Put oil on O-ring and back-up washers. Remove the spacer (Item 2) and solenoid valve coils
Tighten to 27 - 34 N•m (20 - 25 ft-lb) torque. (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-15].
Figure 20-110-16
1
1
P-48762
Figure 20-110-18
P-48761
P-48763
Figure 20-110-19
P-48765
1 2
1
P-48764 P-48766
Remove the solenoid valve stem (Item 1) [Figure 20- Remove and inspect the orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-
110-19] and [Figure 20-110-20] and inspect the O-rings 22] for dirt and debris.
and back-up washers (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-20] for
damage. Assembly: Tighten the orifice to 29,8 N•m (22 ft-lb)
torque.
Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers.
Tighten to 41 - 47 N•m (30 - 35 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-110-23
1
1
P-48758
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-23]. Inspect cartridges, check valves, solenoid valves and
sealing washers for contamination or damage. Wash all
Assembly: Tighten the plug to 13,6 N•m (10 ft-lb) torque. parts in clean solvent. Use air pressure for drying them.
Install new O-rings and back-up washers.
Figure 20-110-24
Inspect diverter valve cavities for contamination. Wash
valve in clean solvent. Use air pressure to dry.
P-48786
Description
DANGER
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-120-1
2 4
3
3
3
P-90969
Figure 20-120-3
1 3
2
2
1
P-48120
Remove the spring guide (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and the
P-48115 spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-4].
IMPORTANT 1
Figure 20-120-6
1
1
P-48122
Installation: Oil the check valve and O-rings and tighten Figure 20-120-9
the check valve to 27,1 - 34 N•m (20 - 25 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-120-7
1
2
1
P-48384
3
Inspect the check valve (Item 1) and piston assembly Installation: Tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-9]
(Item 2) [Figure 20-120-7]. to 16,3 - 19 N•m (12 - 14 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-120-10 2
2
1
P-48106A
Figure 20-120-11
1
1
2
P-48386
Figure 20-120-14
1
P-48174
1
2 2
1 1
P-48138
P-48173
IMPORTANT P-90002
Figure 20-130-1 2
P-90003
P-85281
Pull the block away from the lift arms and disconnect the
auxiliary hoses from the coupler block [Figure 20-130-1].
4
4 1
4
4 2
2
P-34665
3
Description
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
No drive on one side, in one direction. 1, 2
No drive on one side in both directions. 2, 3, 4
The loader does not move in a straight line. 2, 3, 4, 5, 9
The hydrostatic system is overheating. 6,7,8
P-85356A
IMPORTANT 1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 30-20-3 1 1
1
P-85991
Parts Identification
10
9
7 8
5 6
4
2 3
25
24
1 23
22
10 21
12
20
11
17 15
16
18
16
13 15
14
19 52
50 51
48 49
37 46
35 33 47
27 33
29 31 40
30 38 36
26 32 34 53 54
28
39
43 44
41 42 60 62
59 61
45
58
57
56
55 63
P-90205
Figure 30-20-5
1
1 N-18295
Figure 30-20-8
N-18294
N-18296
NOTE: Mark the motor, brake and motor housings for
proper alignment during assembly [Figure 30-
20-6]. Remove the disk spring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-8] from
the brake housing.
Drain the oil from the motor casing.
NOTE: Mark the top side of the disk spring for proper
Check for the vendor motor serial number (Item 1) installation.
[Figure 30-20-6], these serial numbers may be needed
when ordering replacement parts. Assembly: Put multi-purpose moly grease on the
surface of the disc spring where it contacts the piston.
Figure 30-20-9
2 1
N-18299
1
Figure 30-20-10
N-18298
Figure 30-20-12
1
1
2 1
3
N-18350
1
Assembly: Install the needed amount of shims (Item 1)
1
N-18300 [Figure 30-20-13]. Outer discs can also be used as
shims.
Remove the eight mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-20- Figure 30-20-14
12] and washers from the brake housing.
Figure 30-20-15
1
2
1
N-18302
1
1 1
1 1
N-18301 P-48684
Disassembly: Remove the brake disks (Item 1) [Figure Remove the eight mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-
30-20-16] and shims from the brake shaft. 18] from the rear housing.
Figure 30-20-19
1
1
N-18318
Remove the rear housing assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30- Assembly: Apply a slight amount of oil to the O-rings
20-19] from the rotating group / front housing assembly. and seals (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-21].
Figure 30-20-20 Remove and inspect the stop pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-
21].
1
Figure 30-20-22
2
P-48686
Remove the distributor (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-20] from Remove the twelve springs from the distributor (Item 1)
the rear housing. [Figure 30-20-22].
Assembly: Install the distributor (Item 2) [Figure 30-20- Remove and replace the two seals and back-up O-rings
20] by using the alignment pin. (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-22] under the seals, from the
distributor.
Figure 30-20-23
1 1
1 N-18309
Assembly: When installing the distributor align the stop Figure 30-20-26
pin (Item 1) with the notch in the distributor marked L
(Item 2) [Figure 30-20-23].
4
When the distributor is aligned correctly, the distributor
can be depressed slightly. 3
Figure 30-20-24
2
1
N-18315
N-18308
Remove the spring (Item 1), spool (Item 2), and washer
(Item 3) and rear spring (Item 4) [Figure 30-20-26].
Figure 30-20-27 2
N-18312
N-18313
N-18311
4
1
3
2
P-48688
Figure 30-20-32
2 1
P-48690
Figure 30-20-35
P-48694
Figure 30-20-36
P-48695
1
P-48689
Lift the retaining ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-38].
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-36] from Use low air pressure and remove the roller / piston
the top side of the rotating group. assembly (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-38] from the cylinder
block.
Figure 30-20-39
1 2
N-18343
Inspect the rpm target disk (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-39] for Figure 30-20-42
wear and replace as needed.
Figure 30-20-40 3
N-18345
Figure 30-20-43
2
2
1
1
P13083
P0123
Full
1 Range
1/2
P-24562
Figure 30-20-48
1
3
P0126
P100737A
IMPORTANT 1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1 P-85991
Remove the case drain hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure Installation: Tighten the motor mounting bolts to 257,6
30-21-3] from the motor. N•m (190 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the hydraulic brake hose (Item 2) [Figure 30-21- Remove the hydrostatic motor from the loader.
3] from the motor.
Figure 30-21-4
2 3
4 1
P100901
Parts Identification
10
9
8
65 7
6
5
4
3
12
2 23
11 22
65
21
10
20
1
14
40
39
17
18
38
13 36 37
15 41
16
36
19 42
16 29 42
15 35 30
31
43
34 64
24 32 44 36
25 33
26 31
28 45
27 46
47
48
49 50
51 63
52
53 62
61
55 54 60
59
58
57 NA2870s
56
Figure 30-21-6
N-18296
P100869
Remove the disc spring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-8] from
the brake housing.
NOTE: Mark the motor (Item 1), brake and motor
housings for proper alignment during NOTE: Mark the top side of the disc spring for proper
assembly [Figure 30-21-6]. installation.
Drain the oil from the motor casing. Assembly: Put multi-purpose moly grease on the
surface of the disc spring where it contacts the piston.
Inspect for the vendor motor serial number (Item 2)
[Figure 30-21-6], these serial numbers may be needed
when ordering replacement parts.
Figure 30-21-7
P100799
Figure 30-21-9
1
2
P100868
Figure 30-21-10
2
P100801
Figure 30-21-12
N-18347
3
2
Assembly: Clamp the disc pack in a vise and inspect the
disc pack height [Figure 30-21-13].
1 P100866
Assembly: The correct disc pack reference
specifications is 37,7 mm (1.48 in).
Remove the five mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-
12] and washers from the brake housing. Assembly: Extra outer disc's are used to reduce the
number of required shims [Figure 30-21-13] to make up
Remove the brake housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-12] the required thickness for the brake pack.
from the rear housing.
NOTE: Brake pack height is for reference only.
Remove the snap ring and inner piston seal (Item 3)
[Figure 30-21-12]. Figure 30-21-14
2
3
1
P100805 P100858
Figure 30-21-16
1
1
2
P100859
3
P100800
Remove the brake shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-18] from
Assembly: Assemble the brake piston into the brake the rear housing.
housing without the inner brake piston seal (Item 3)
[Figure 30-21-12 on Page 30-21-8] and brake piston NOTE: Be sure shaft seats fully into the cylinder
outer seal (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-10 on Page 30-21-7]. block.
Apply 20 kN (4500 lbf) to set the brake pack. Using a
depth gauge (Item 1), measure from the gasket mating Assembly: Install new O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-18]
surface (Item 2) to the inner machined groove (Item 3) on on the rear housing.
the brake piston [Figure 30-21-16].
The dimensional measurement must be 8,7 ± 0,1 mm
(0.343 ± 0.003 in), if not adjust brake pack discs to the
required measurement.
Figure 30-21-19
P100872
Figure 30-21-20
1 2
P100871
2
4
3 Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-22].
Inspect the spool (Item 1), the spring (Item 2), washer
(Item 3) and the snap ring (Item 4) and replace as
needed [Figure 30-21-20].
1
2 4 3
1 1
1
2 2
P100861
Figure 30-21-25
1
P100856
Remove and replace with a new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure Assembly: Apply a small amount of grease to the
30-21-25]. springs to hold them in place during installation.
Figure 30-21-26
2 1
P100855
Remove the six seals (Item 1), and six back-up O-rings
(Item 2) [Figure 30-21-28] from the distributor.
2
N-18318
Figure 30-21-29
P100873
1
Figure 30-21-30
1
P100875
P100874
4
1
3
2
P100924
Figure 30-21-34
2
1
1
P-48690
Figure 30-21-37
P100927
Remove the retainer ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-37] from Figure 30-21-40
the bottom side of the rotating group.
Figure 30-21-38
2
1
P100928
1
P100932
P100931
Figure 30-21-44
2
1
2
P13083
Figure 30-21-45
P100941
Figure 30-21-48 2 1
2
1
P100940
Remove and replace the face seal (Item 1) [Figure 30- Figure 30-21-50
21-48] on the front housing.
P100930
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Testing (Cont’d)
Figure 30-30-2
1
1
2
3 3
2
P-90301
Figure 30-30-3 Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See REMOTE
START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 7003031 on Page
10-61-1.)
Figure 30-30-5
P-90302
Adjusting
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
N-17231
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-30-6 Remove the plug, spring and poppet [Figure 30-30-7].
Figure 30-30-8
P-43856
1
If the charge pressure is not correct loosen the charge
relief valve plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-6].
N-19568
Always use a new O-ring. Tighten the plug to 41 - 68 N•m
(30 - 50 ft-lb) torque.
There are several different thickness of the shims (Item 1)
[Figure 30-30-8] and are used to adjust the charge
pressure.
Adjusting (Cont’d)
SJC Machines
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, 1
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
P-64435
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-30-9 Inspect the poppet and spring for wear or damage.
Description
P-90222
IMPORTANT
Use a puller (Item 1)
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all [Figure 30-40-2] to loosen the pulley from the pump
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, drive shaft.
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. NOTE: DO NOT strike puller or pump shaft with a
I-2003-0888 hammer. Internal pump damage may result.
Figure 30-40-1 Remove the nut and washer from the pump drive shaft.
Remove the pump pulley and key from the pump drive
shaft.
Figure 30-40-3
P-90221
1
1
Loosen the nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-1] on the
hydrostatic pump drive shaft.
P-90223
Installation: Tighten the nut to 258 - 325 N•m (190 - 240
ft-lb) torque
Remove the two mounting bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure
30-40-3].
Figure 30-40-4
P-90224
P-43857
NOTE: The two top valves are for the reverse drive
loop and the two bottom valves are for the
forward drive loop.
Figure 30-40-6
P-66670
Ref. Description
1
11
4 1. Snap Ring
10 1 2. Washer
5 2 3. Seal
8 3
4. Bearing
3 4 7 1
5. Key
9 1 6. Shaft
26
6 7. Housing
9 8. Plug
9. O-ring
9 10. Cover
10
11. Bolt
12. Pin
12 4 13. Swash Plate
9 14. Wear Plate
15. Piston Assembly
8 11 16. Piston Retainer
17. Retainer
14 18. Block
19. Spring
20. Valve Plate
16 21. Gasket
13 22. Poppet
2
23. Shim
17 15 24. Replenishing/High
Pressure Relief Valve
2 17 25. Coupler
12
2 26. Dust Seal
20
18
19
8
17
9
12
23
19
22 21
24
42
9 9
8
12 4
9
25 9
9 12
24
9
11 D-2428C
Ref. Description
1. Bolt
2. End Cap
3. Plug 3
4. O-ring 4
5
5. Replenishing/High 3
Pressure Relief Valve 4
6. Gasket 2
7. Bearing 1
1
8. Pin
4
9. Valve Plate
10. Washer 5
6
11. Spring
12. Block
13. Retainer
14. Piston Assembly 7 4 9
3
15. Wear Plate
16. Swash Plate
17. Housing 10
18. Seal
10 8
19. Cover
20. Shaft 13
21. Snap Ring 11
13
22. Dust Seal
23. Piston Retainer 10
23
12
8
15
13
14
22 1
16 3
4
4
7 17
8
19
18
7
4
19
21 4
21
4 20 3
1
7
21
D-2427B
Disassembly
Figure 30-40-7
3
1
1 3
2
N-19571
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-40- Remove the two small O-rings (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-9].
7].
Figure 30-40-10
Figure 30-40-8
1 1
N-19550
N-19570
Disassembly (Cont’d)
2
1
Figure 30-40-11
N-17194
2
Inspect the valve plate locating pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-
N-19551 40-13] for wear and replace if needed.
Figure 30-40-12
1
1
N-17197
Disassembly (Cont’d)
3 3
Figure 30-40-15
1 1
3 2
3
2
N-17200
Figure 30-40-18
1
N-17199
N-17201
Remove the ball guide retainer (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-
16] from the cylinder block.
Remove the thrust plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-18] from
the pump housing.
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-19
1
1
2
N-17240
3
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-21] from
N-17481 the pump housing and remove the driveshaft and bearing
from the housing.
Remove the driveshaft key (Item 1) the snap ring (Item 2) Figure 30-40-22
and the support washer (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-19] from
the drive shaft end of the pump.
Figure 30-40-20
N-17241
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-23
N-17244
Figure 30-40-26
Inspect the pump shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-23] for
wear and replace if needed.
Figure 30-40-24
N-17245
1 1
Inspect the bearing race (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)
N-17243 [Figure 30-40-26] for wear and replace as needed.
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-27
1
2
1 N-17250
1
Figure 30-40-30
Inspect the dust seal on the pintle shaft.
Figure 30-40-28
N-17248
N-17247
Disassembly (Cont’d)
1
Figure 30-40-31
N-17252
2
Figure 30-40-32
N-17251
Slide the swash plate from side to side and remove the
tapered roller bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-32] from
the swash plate shaft.
Assembly
Figure 30-40-34
1
1
2
N-17249
Figure 30-40-37
Install the lower bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-34] on
the swash plate.
Figure 30-40-35
N-17248
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-38
1 N-17245
Figure 30-40-41
N-17247
Figure 30-40-39
1
N-17244
N-17246
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-42
N-17241
Figure 30-40-45
Align the marks on the lower trunnion cover and pump
housing as shown in [Figure 30-40-42].
Figure 30-40-43
1
1
N-17240
Install the pump shaft into the pump housing [Figure 30-
40-45].
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-46
1
1
1
1 2 3
N-17198
Figure 30-40-47
N-17197
N-17199 Place the pump on a work surface with the end cap
opening up [Figure 30-40-49].
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-50
1
1
2
N-17193
Replace the needle bearing (Item 1) and valve plate The notch (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-52] on the valve plate
locating pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-50] in the charge must engage the locating pin.
pump.
Figure 30-40-53
Figure 30-40-51
2
1
N-19551
N-17196
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-54
1 1
N-19570
Install the valve plate and end cap on the pump housing.
Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-54] to 47 - 61
N•m (35 - 45 ft-lb) torque. 1
Figure 30-40-55
1
1
3 P-43858
N-19571
Figure 30-41-1
P-90206
A,B Service Line Ports (High Pressure Outlet Ports to Drive Motors)
T Case Drain Port
MA Operating Pressure of “A” Port
MB Operating Pressure of “B” Port
R Air Bleed Port
X1,X2 Control Pressure Gauge Port
G Charge Pressure Inlet Port
MG Gauge Port For Charge Pressure
Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page Disconnect the electrical harness connectors (Item 1)
10-10-1.) [Figure 30-41-3] from both sides of the hydrostatic
pump.
Removal:
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. IMPORTANT
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death. When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
W-2017-0286 clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
Figure 30-41-2 I-2003-0888
Figure 30-41-4
1
1
1
P-90207
P-90208
Locate the two hydraulic controllers (Item 1) [Figure 30-
41-2] on the hydrostatic pumps.
Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-4]
from the hydraulic controller.
1
1 2
3 1
P-90210
P-90210
Remove the controller gaskets (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-5] NOTE: When a hydraulic controller is replaced, the
from the pump. hydrostatic pumps must be calibrated. (See
Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment on
Installation: Page 30-41-26.)
Figure 30-41-6
2 2
P-90209
P-90222
IMPORTANT
Use a puller (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-9] to loosen the
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, pulley from the pump drive shaft.
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, NOTE: DO NOT strike puller or pump shaft with a
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly hammer. Internal pump damage may result.
damage the system.
I-2003-0888 Remove the nut and washer from the pump drive shaft.
Figure 30-41-8 Remove the pump pulley from the pump drive shaft.
Figure 30-41-10
1
1
P-90221
P-90223
Loosen the nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-8] on the
hydrostatic pump drive shaft.
Remove the two mounting bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure
Installation: Tighten the nut to 258 - 325 N•m (190 - 240 30-41-10].
ft-lb) torque
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 88 -
95 N•m (65 - 70 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 30-41-11
P-90224
Figure 30-41-12
P-90226
BEFORE START UP: Fill one of the air bleed ports with
new hydraulic oil until the hydraulic oil flows out of the
other air bleed port. This will remove trapped air in the
hydrostatic pumps before start up.
Parts Identification
3 1
1. O-ring 5 4
2. Bolt
3. End Housing 7
4. O-ring 6
5. Right Rotating Assembly 8
6. Timing Pin
7. Bearing
8. Spacer / Coupler
9. Pin
10. Positioning Pin
11. O-ring 10
12. O-ring 11 9 2
13. Position Sensor 12
14. Washer 13
15. Bolt 14
15
16
22 17
21 19
23 24
20 18
26
18
25 27
19
29 26
P-90240
Figure 30-41-13
1
1
P-64437
4
3
2 1
P-64436
Figure 30-41-16 3 4
2 5
1
1 P-64435
The charge relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-16] is Inspect the sealing ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-41-18] and
located on the back of the hydrostatic pump. the mating seat in the pump housing for damage or
foreign material.
Remove the charge relief valve.
Inspect the spring (Item 4) and the charge relief valve
Assembly: Tighten charge relief valve to 70 N•m (52 ft- shims (Item 5) [Figure 30-41-18].
lb) torque.
NOTE: 1,0 mm shim (Item 5) [Figure 30-41-18] = 300,0
Figure 30-41-17 kPa (3,0 bar) (43.5 psi) in pressure change.
Adding shims increases charge pressure.
Removing shims decreases charge pressure.
1
P-64435
Figure 30-41-19
2
1 1 P-90228
Figure 30-41-20
3 3
2 2
1 1
3
3
P-90227
Remove the two bolts (Item 3) and the steel cover (Item
2) [Figure 30-41-20] from both sides.
Figure 30-41-22
3
1
1
1
P-64445
P-90217
Left End Housing
Figure 30-41-23
1
2
P-64447
Figure 30-41-26
P-64466
Pull the end housings from the case housing [Figure 30- Figure 30-41-29
41-26].
Figure 30-41-27
1 1 2
2
P-64463
Figure 30-41-30
RIGHT SIDE
P-64454
Figure 30-41-31
LEFT SIDE
P-64501
1 P-64503
2
Assembly: Align the timing pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-
P-64455 32] and [Figure 30-41-33] in the case housing with the
notch (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-34] and [Figure 30-41-35]
that does not go through the valve plate.
Figure 30-41-33
Align the shoulder of the roller bearing (Item 2) [Figure
LEFT SIDE 30-41-32] and [Figure 30-41-33] with the beveled edge
on the valve plate (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-34] and [Figure
30-41-35].
1
2
P-64502
Figure 30-41-34
RIGHT SIDE
1
2
P-64456
Figure 30-41-36
1
P-64469
Figure 30-41-37
1
P-64475
P-64471
Figure 30-41-43
Inspect the pistons, look for scoring and scratches.
Ensure the holes (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-40] in the
1
slippers, are not plugged.
Figure 30-41-41
1
P-64472
P-64479
Figure 30-41-47
1
3 1
P-64478
P-64480
Inspect the back surface of the rotating block (Item 1)
[Figure 30-41-45] where the valve plate seals. Ensure
there is no scratches or scoring. Assembly: Carefully align bearing pin eyelets (Item 1)
into holes in endcap housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-47].
Visually ensure spring (Item 2) and c-clip (Item 3)
[Figure 30-41-45] are not bent or damaged.
1 P-64483
2 1
P-64482
Figure 30-41-52
LEFT SIDE
1
P-76742
Figure 30-41-55
Figure 30-41-53
RIGHT SIDE 1
P-64488
P-76743
The drive shaft can be tapped out of the end housing with
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-52] and a rubber mallet.
[Figure 30-41-53] from the end housing.
Inspect wear surfaces for scratches, and inspect splines
for excessive wear.
Figure 30-41-56
1 1
P-90232
Figure 30-41-59
B25013
Figure 30-41-57
P-90231
P-64490
Figure 30-41-60
P-64466
Figure 30-41-61
2
1
P-64493
P-64467
Remove the bushings (Item 1), seals and O-rings (Item 2)
[Figure 30-41-63] from the pump housing.
Figure 30-41-64 1
2
P-64496
Figure 30-41-67
Each servo has a pair of bushings (Item 1), O-rings (Item
2) and square-cut seals (Item 3) [Figure 30-41-64].
Figure 30-41-65
P-64497
1
Remove snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-67] from the
P-64495 servo piston.
Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) The pump mechanical neutral adjustment sets the
position of the servo piston and pump swash plate
Figure 30-41-68 relative to the hydraulic controller. This procedure should
be followed if the hydrostatic pump has been
1 disassembled for servicing the servo piston and the
2 setting has been disrupted.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
P-64498
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Remove the piston stop adjustment mechanism (Item 1)
[Figure 30-41-68] from the servo piston. Raise the lift arms, and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Inspect mechanism for broken parts.
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
Replace O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-68]
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START
Figure 30-41-69 TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)
P-64502
WARNING
Bearings (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-69] in case housing are
replaced by using a press and bearing driver. Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
Inspect center coupler (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-69]. penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290
Figure 30-41-70
1
P-64438
Figure 30-41-71
1 1
1
1
1 1
P-90243
Figure 30-41-74
1 1
P-90238
Start the loader using the remote start tool and run at
idle.
WARNING
Stay clear of the loader wheels. They will turn
whenever the pump is not centered.
W-2276-1297
1
Figure 30-41-75
P-90238
P-90238
Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) The hydraulic controller neutral adjustment, aligns the
pump swash plate and the control spool so that a zero
Figure 30-41-78 angle control setting provides a zero degree swash plate
setting. This adjustment should be performed whenever
any part of the control or swash plate mechanisms are
adjusted or removed or after the pump mechanical
neutral setting is adjusted. Ensure the pump mechanical
neutral setting is correct before performing hydraulic
controller neutral adjustments.
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290
Figure 30-41-79
P-64975
Figure 30-41-80
1
1
P-90236
Figure 30-41-83
P-90236
Figure 30-41-84
1
2
P-90236
Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-84] Shut loader OFF.
counterclockwise, until the other gauge registers an
increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the Remove the pressure gauges from the X1 and X2 ports
adjustment screw. on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 25 N•m (18
ft-lb) torque.
Belt Adjustment Stop the engine and open the rear door.
The drive belt does not need adjustment. The belt has a Remove the battery. (See Removal And Installation on
spring loaded idler which constantly maintains the correct Page 60-20-1.)
belt tension.
Figure 30-50-1
P-85518
Figure 30-50-2
P-90467
1
1
2
P-90468A
P-90470
2
Figure 30-50-4
1
P-85518
Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of Close the rear door.
3,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-4] is achieved.
Stop Adjustment
Figure 30-50-7
P-90470
Figure 30-50-8
P-90471
Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of
3,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-8] is achieved.
Figure 30-50-9 2
1
1
3
P-90306
2
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-11] but do
not remove.
Figure 30-50-10
1 1
2
P-90304
P-85741
Figure 30-50-13
P-90303
Description
IMPORTANT 2
2
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
P100002
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. Disconnect the wiring harness from the oil temperature
I-2003-0888 switch (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-2].
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the three hoses (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-2].
Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And Mark and cap all hoses and tubelines.
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
Figure 30-60-3
Figure 30-60-1
1
1
1
2
P100003
P100001
Mark and cap all hoses and tubelines. Mark and cap all hoses and tubelines.
BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1
Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1
Block Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-2
Description
WARNING
Figure 40-10-1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 40-10-2
P-85426
DANGER
1 P-85428
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
Figure 40-10-3
1
2
P-85431
P-85427
Loosen the electrical brake solenoid nut (Item 1) and the
three fittings (Item 2)[Figure 40-10-5].
Disconnect and cap the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-
3] from the rear of the brake valve. Assembly: Tighten the solenoid nut to 5,4 - 6,8 N•m (48 -
60 in-lb) torque.
Figure 40-10-4
Figure 40-10-6
2 2
1
1 1
1
1 3
P-85430
P-85429
Figure 40-10-7
1
2 1
2 1
2 3
P-85432
Description
Figure 40-20-1
MS2786S
Checking Tension
Figure 40-20-2
P-85869A
Figure 40-20-4
Track
13 - 16 mm
Roller
(1/2 - 5/8 in)
P-85870A
Track
Raise one side of the loader and put jackstands at the B-18896C
front and rear of the loader frame so that the track is
about 76 mm (3 in) off the ground [Figure 40-20-2].
Lower the loader to the jackstands. Be sure the DO NOT put your fingers into the pinch points between
jackstands do not touch the tracks. the track and the roller. Use a 13 - 16 mm (1/2 - 5/8 in)
bolt, dowel or block to check the gap [Figure 40-20-3]
Measure the track sag at either middle track roller (Item and [Figure 40-20-4].
1) [Figure 40-20-2]. The correct gap is 13 - 16 mm (0.50
- 0.625 in).
WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Keep fingers and hands out of pinch points when
checking the track tension.
W-2142-0903
Adjusting Tension
Figure 40-20-5
2 1
1
2 P-76047
P-76325
Install the bleed tool (MEL-1560) on the bleed fitting (Item
1), adjust and tighten the collar (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-6]
to fit behind the edge of the access cover.
Loosen the access cover bolts and pivot the access cover
open [Figure 40-20-5]. Figure 40-20-7
WARNING P-85416
P-85370
With pry bars, pry the track up and over the front idler
[Figure 40-20-9].
Figure 40-20-10
P-85417
With a chain hoist lift the track clear of the drive sprocket
and remove the track from the loader [Figure 40-20-10].
1 1
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
1.)
Figure 40-20-11
P-73967
Figure 40-20-12
P-76051
Figure 40-20-14
P-76325
Figure 40-20-15
1 2
P-76850
Figure 40-20-17
WRONG
2 2
1
1
P-85014A
Figure 40-20-18
WRONG
P-85014
WARNING
4
3
2
P-85018
P-62574
Remove the seal (Item 1), back-up ring (Item 2), O-ring
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH (Item 3), and wear ring (Item 4) [Figure 40-20-21] from
• Spring loaded components under pressure can the grease tube.
cause serious injury or death.
• Do not disassemble the coil spring assembly. Installation: Apply oil to new O-ring, back-up ring, seal,
W-2617-1004 and wear ring before installation.
P-85036
WARNING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P-85019
P-85372
Remove the track. (See Track Removal And Installation Figure 40-20-25
on Page 40-20-4.)
Figure 40-20-24
1
1
1
1
2
2 P-85421
Remove the two mount bolts and washers (Item 1) Installation: Tighten the bolts or nuts to 410 - 450 N•m
[Figure 40-20-24]. (300 - 330 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the rear idler from the loader. Remove the roller from the track assembly.
Align the holes in the housing with the holes in the shaft.
Figure 40-20-26
1
2
P-85407
Figure 40-20-29
P-85409
Description
Figure 40-21-1
P-85368
Checking Tension
Figure 40-21-2
P-85379A
Figure 40-21-4
Track
13 mm
Roller
(1/2 in)
1
P-85354A
Track
Raise one side of the loader and put jackstands at the B-18896C
front and rear of the loader frame so that the track is
about 76 mm (3 in) off the ground [Figure 40-21-2].
Lower the loader to the jackstands. Be sure the DO NOT put your fingers into the pinch points between
jackstands do not touch the tracks. the track and the roller. Use a 13 mm (1/2 in) bolt, dowel
or block to check the gap [Figure 40-21-3] and [Figure
Measure the track sag at either middle track roller (Item 40-21-4].
1) [Figure 40-21-2]. The correct gap is 13 mm (0.50 in).
WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Keep fingers and hands out of pinch points when
checking the track tension.
W-2142-0903
Adjusting Tension
Figure 40-21-5
2 1
1
2 P-76047
P-76325
Install the bleed tool (MEL-1560) on the bleed fitting (Item
1), adjust and tighten the collar (Item 2) [Figure 40-21-6]
to fit behind the edge of the access cover.
Loosen the access cover bolts and pivot the access cover
open [Figure 40-21-5]. Figure 40-21-7
WARNING P-85380
Figure 40-21-9
P-85369
With a chain hoist lift the track clear of the drive sprocket
and remove the track from the loader [Figure 40-21-10].
P-85370
Installation: Completely retract the front idler / track
tensioner.
With pry bars, pry the track up and over the front idler
[Figure 40-21-9]. Put the track on the front idler wheel.
Completely remove the track from the front track Put the track over the rear drive sprocket lugs.
assembly.
Slide the track under the rollers.
1 1
Remove the track. (See Track Removal And Installation
on Page 40-21-4.)
Figure 40-21-11
P-73967
Figure 40-21-12
P-76051
Figure 40-21-14
P-76325
P-76844
Figure 40-21-15
1 2
P-76850
Figure 40-21-17
WRONG
2 2
1
1
P-85014A
Figure 40-21-18
WRONG
P-85014
WARNING
4
3
2
P-85018
P-62574
Remove the seal (Item 1), back-up ring (Item 2), O-ring
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH (Item 3), and wear ring (Item 4) [Figure 40-21-21] from
• Spring loaded components under pressure can the grease tube.
cause serious injury or death.
• Do not disassemble the coil spring assembly. Installation: Apply oil to new O-ring, back-up ring, seal,
W-2617-1004 and wear ring before installation.
P-85036
WARNING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P-85019
P-85372
Remove the track. (See Track Removal And Installation Figure 40-21-25
on Page 40-21-4.)
Figure 40-21-24
1
1
2
2 P-85374
Remove the two mount bolts and washers (Item 1) Remove the roller from the track assembly.
[Figure 40-21-24].
Installation: Support the roller from underneath with a
Remove the rear idler from the loader. hydraulic floor jack and tighten the bolts to 711,5 N•m
(525 ft-lb) torque.
Installation: Align the square sides of the idler shaft with
the notches in the track housing (Item 2) [Figure 40-21-
24].
Align the holes in the housing with the holes in the shaft.
Figure 40-21-26
1
3
P-76930
Figure 40-21-27
P-76027
The upper and lower leaf spring mounts are wider on one
1 side to prevent the leafs from rubbing on the track
housing during operation.
Figure 40-21-30
1
2
P-85407
Figure 40-21-33
P-85422
The following pages show photos and illustrations of Cutting Of Steel Cords
track damage and the probable cause of the damage. It
is intended to be used for identifying the reason for track Figure 40-30-2
damage and how to avoid future track damage.
Figure 40-30-1
Move Sprockets to opposite sides of the loader
P-3864
Remove track
Reinstall 180° Figure 40-30-3
P-85440
Track Damage Identification (Cont'd) When the track rollers, sprockets and idler gears roll over
the embedded metals, abrasion of embedded metals is
Abrasion Of Embedded Metals inevitable. The following cases sometimes accelerate
their abrasion:
Figure 40-30-4
Rubber tracks are driven with an extraordinary heavy
load on them.
Prevention:
Damage:
Figure 40-30-5
Excessive Wear
PI-13037A
Track Rotation:
Figure 40-30-7
Idler
Rubber
track
PI-13039
PI-13040
Figure 40-30-10
Minimum
wear
Excessive
wear
PI-13041A
Sprocket Rotation:
PI-13041
Certain applications or conditions can cause wear on the
sprockets. Rotating the sprockets to the opposite side of
Excessively worn sprockets, example shown [Figure the loader will help extend sprocket life [Figure 40-30-
40-30-10] will pull embedded metals out of the track. 11]. (See Track Damage Identification on Page 40-30-1.)
Figure 40-30-12
Good
Separation of
bonded rubber
cover
PI-13043
Due to corrosion of embedded metals, the adhesion Excessively salty fields, like the sea shore
to the rubber body deteriorates, resulting in complete
separation [Figure 40-30-12]. Strong acidic or alkali soil conditions
Even a partial separation of embedded metals On tracks that are out of adjustment, the track rollers,
requires a rubber track replacement. idlers and sprockets will gradually wear the rubber
surface at track roller side, causing exposure of the
embedded metals. Consequently the embedded metals
will corrode resulting in their separation from the rubber
body.
Prevention:
Figure 40-30-14
PI-13045
Construction sites
Demolition sites
Concrete ridges
Stumpy fields
Track Damage Identification (Cont'd) Because of wound stress applied to rubber tracks around
the undercarriage parts during operation, the fatigue
Cracks On The Lug Side Rubber Due To Fatigue especially causes cracks on the lug side rubber surface.
Once the cracks occur, they gradually deteriorate with
Figure 40-30-16 even small external cracks. Also when operating near
seashores or under cold temperatures, rubber tracks are
more likely to suffer from ozone cracks.
Prevention:
P-4380
Damage:
Replacement:
Track Damage Identification (Cont'd) Lug abrasion is more or less inevitable. Even if lug
abrasion is proceeding, the rubber track can be used.
Lug Abrasion However, as the traction performance deteriorates
accordingly, it is highly recommended to replace the
Figure 40-30-18 abraded tracks with new ones when the lug height
becomes less than 5 mm (0.197 in).
Prevention:
Figure 40-30-19
Lug abrasion
PI-13049
Damage:
Replacement:
No replacement is required.
PI-13051
PI-13053
Prevention:
Figure 40-30-24
PI-13056
PI-13055
Damage:
Replacement:
Figure 40-30-27
Cut
Tear
PI-13057
Prevention:
ARMREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-2
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-3
HEADLINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-180-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-180-1
Description
Figure 50-10-1
P-85652
P-90021
4 6
5 5
7 4 6
3 3
2 9 8 2 7
10
1
1
P-90022 P-90023
4 4
5 5
9 8
3 6
3 6 2
2 10 7
1
7
1
N-19219 N-19220
Assemble the parts as shown for the left side of the seat Assemble the parts as shown for the right side of the seat
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-4] and [Figure 50-10- bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-6] and [Figure 50-10-
5]. 7].
5
4 8
3
2
1
P-90028
Bolt (Item 1)
Turn the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-8] and [Figure 50- Bushing (Item 2)
10-9] out of the clevis. Spring (Item 3)
Bushing (Item 4)
Assembly: Apply Loctite® #518 adhesive to the bolt Clevis (Item 5)
threads. Adjust the compression spring by turning the Pin (Item 6)
bolt in past the end of the clevis three turns. Bushing (Item 7)
Rue Ring (Item 8)
NOTE: For procedures requiring the use of Loctite®
#518 adhesive, thoroughly clean and dry
affected parts before the application of
Loctite® #518.
WARNING
Cylinder contains high pressure gas. Do not open.
Opening cylinder can release rod and cause injury or
death. 1
W-2113-0288
P-85657
Figure 50-20-1
2
1
1 3
P-85652
Remove the retaining pin (Item 1), the pin (Item 2), and
the gas spring (Item 3) [Figure 50-20-3] from the loader.
Lift the cab with the hoist to release the pressure on the
gas spring(s).
Figure 50-20-5
1
1
2
1
P-85661
Remove the clevis (Item 1) from both ends, and the outer
P-85663
housing (Item 2) from the gas spring (Item 3) [Figure 50-
20-4].
Disconnect the cab harness connector screw (Item 1)
Installation: Apply a small amount of thread-locker on [Figure 50-20-5].
the threads of the gas spring rod before installing the
clevis (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-4]. Installation: Tighten the connector screw to 3,39 - 3,96
N•m (30 - 35 in-lb) torque.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Cylinders for raising and lowering operator cab have
gas under pressure. Do not open cylinder. Only
qualified service personnel can remove the cylinder.
W-2112-0987
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Attach a chain hoist to the grab handles of the
operator cab before removing the operator cab gas
spring(s). If the operator cab is tilted forward without
the gas spring(s) operational, the cab will fall and
could cause injury or death.
W-2760-0309
Figure 50-20-6
P-85658
Figure 50-20-7
P-85662
Using a strap and a hoist remove the cab from the loader.
Figure 50-30-1
1 1
P-85769
P-85776
Remove the operator seat. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 50-30-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
Remove the two slide rail mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure
Remove the four seat mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50- 50-30-2].
30-1] and washers from the operator seat mounting
studs. Figure 50-30-3
P-85770
Figure 50-30-4
1 1
P-85773
P-85771
Lift up and push forward on the rear of the seat cushion
(Item 1) [Figure 50-30-6].
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-4] from the seat
belt mount.
Figure 50-30-5
P-85772
Figure 50-30-7
2 1
1
2
P-85774
P-85773
P-85778
Tilt the seat all the way forward.
Insert the tab (Item 1) into the slot (Item 2) [Figure 50- Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-9] and tilt
30-7]. the seat back to the upright position.
1 1
P-85775
Shock Removal And Installation Remove the operator seat. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 50-30-1.)
Figure 50-30-10
Figure 50-30-11
1
1
2
1
P-85777
P-85785
Remove the seat shock clips (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-10]. Remove the end release buckle (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-
(Both ends.) 11].
P-85784
1 3
1
P-85788
Figure 50-30-14
P-85787
Description 1
P-85554
Figure 50-40-3
1 P-31405
Figure 50-40-6
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-3] from the
Bob-Tach pivot pin grease plug (both sides).
Figure 50-40-4
P-31403
1
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-6] from the Bob-
P-31404 Tach pivot pin retaining bolt (both sides).
Use a grease gun and pump grease into the pivot pin
forcing the grease plug out of the Bob-Tach (Item 1)
[Figure 50-40-4].
Figure 50-40-7
P-85664
P-31406
Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-
9].
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-7] from
the Bob-Tach pin. Installation: Tighten the nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb)
torque.
Installation: Tighten the retainer nut and bolt (Item 1)
[Figure 50-40-6] and [Figure 50-40-7] to 446 N•m (330 Figure 50-40-10
ft-lb) torque.
Figure 50-40-8
2
P-85665
1
P-31407 Remove the washer and spring, (Item 1) and the lever
assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-10].
Figure 50-40-11
1 3 2
P-85668
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-40-13] are damaged, put the
P-85666 assembly in a vise.
Figure 50-40-12
P-85667
Figure 50-40-14
2 1
P-85669
Figure 50-40-15
3
NA5472
The Bob-Tach is located on the front of the loader Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put
connected to the loader lift arms. 2x4 blocks under each side of the Bob-Tach [Figure 50-
41-1].
Figure 50-41-2
1 1
P-31402
Figure 50-41-5
Remove the retainer bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
2] from the rod end pivot pin.
Figure 50-41-3
P-31404
Use a grease gun and pump grease into the pivot pin
forcing the grease plug out of the Bob-Tach (Item 1)
[Figure 50-41-5] (both sides).
P-85649
Figure 50-41-6
P-31406
1
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-8] from
P-31405 the Bob-Tach pivot pin (both sides).
1
P-31403 P-31407
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-7] from the Bob- With a 0,875 mm (7/8 in) punch (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-9]
Tach pivot pin retaining bolt (both sides). and a hammer, drive the pivot pin out of the lift arm and
Bob-Tach (both sides).
Figure 50-41-10
1 1 2
P-85665
Figure 50-41-13
Remove the washers and bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
10] from the cylinder (both ends).
P-85666
Figure 50-41-14
2 1
P-85669
Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-14] out the Use a seal pick to remove seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
bottom of the Bob-Tach. 16] from the Bob-Tach.
Always replace bent or broken wedges. Remove and replace bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-16]
with a driver tool and hammer.
Figure 50-41-15
Figure 50-41-17
4 3
1 2
3 2
P-85668 1
NA5472
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-41-15] are damaged, put the Installation: The seal (Item 1) needs to be seated in the
assembly in a vise. Bob-Tach (Item 2) to a depth of 1,27 mm (0.050 in) (Item
3) [Figure 50-41-17].
Remove the bolt and replace the damaged parts as
needed.
Figure 50-50-1
P-90591
1
2 With a slide hammer, remove the rear lift arm stabilizer
pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-3].
Figure 50-50-4
P-90592A
Figure 50-50-2
P-31595
P-90593
P-90594
1
1
P-90598
P-90597
Link Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader.
Figure 50-50-9 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
1 Figure 50-50-10
P-90610
Remove the lift arm link pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-
9] (both sides).
P-90600
Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
At the right side upright disconnect and cap the two tilt
Remove the lift arm link from the loader. cylinder hoses (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-10].
Figure 50-50-11
P-90599
Figure 50-50-12
1
P-90611
Figure 50-50-15
Disconnect the electrical controls harness (Item 1)
[Figure 50-50-12]. (If equipped.)
Figure 50-50-13
1
1
P-90606
Figure 50-50-16
1
2
P-90609
2
Remove the retaining bolt and nut (Item 1) and the pin
P-90604 (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-18] (both sides).
Figure 50-50-17
P-90605
Figure 50-60-1
1
P100807
Align the tabs of the two side covers into the slots in the
P100808 loader frame and lower [Figure 50-60-3].
Figure 50-60-4
Flip the lockable handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-60-1] up and
turn the handle 90° counterclockwise. Lift and pull the
rear grille backward to remove from the loader.
Figure 50-60-2
P-85604
Align the edge of the rear grille under the loader frame
and slide rear grille in while lowering [Figure 50-60-4].
P100809
Turn the lockable handle 90° clockwise and fold the
handle down.
Lift and remove the two side covers (Item 1) [Figure 50-
60-2].
Figure 50-70-1 1
3
2
P-85695
1
NOTE: Install the door stop (Item 2) and the door stop
Disconnect the light harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
retainer (Item 3) in the top hinge as shown
50-70-1] from the main frame harness.
[Figure 50-70-3].
Remove both rear lights (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-1] from
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 34 -
the door. (See Rear Removal And Installation on Page
38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.
60-60-2.)
Lift the door away from the loader frame and put the door
Figure 50-70-2
flat on the floor.
1 1
P-90585
Figure 50-70-6
1
1
P-85698A
Figure 50-70-5
Loosen the striker assembly mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure
50-70-6].
2
3 Align the striker assembly in the center of the mounting
holes.
Figure 50-70-7
1
1
P-85701
Figure 50-70-8
P-85700
Figure 50-80-1
P-85707
1 Figure 50-80-4
1 4
P-85714
2 3
Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-1]
from the access cover at the rear of the loader frame.
Figure 50-80-2
1
P-85708
P-85713
Figure 50-80-5
1
1
1 1
P-85711
At the right side of the loader, remove the two main frame
P-85710 mount bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-7].
Figure 50-80-6
1 1 1
P-85712
2
P-85709 At the left side of the loader, remove the two main frame
mount bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-7].
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) and the bracket Installation: Tighten the main frame mount bolts to 542 -
(Item 2) [Figure 50-80-6]. 583 N•m (400 - 430 ft-lb) torque.
Lift the fuel tank and remove it from the loader frame.
Figure 50-80-9
1
1
P-85707
P-85708
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and disconnect the fuel fill
hose (Item 2) [Figure 50-80-11].
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
50-80-9] from the fuel level sender. Figure 50-80-12
Figure 50-80-10
P-85715
Description
1
The control pedals and linkages are connected to the
control valve. The control pedals will mechanically move
the lift and tilt spools on the control valve.
WARNING P-85675
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-1] and nut from
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm the pedal linkage.
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Check the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as
to fall and cause injury or death. needed.
W-2059-0598
Figure 50-90-2
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device.(See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
DANGER
1
P-85676
P-90328 Remove the two nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-2] from the
pedal mounting bracket.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Remove the pedal assembly from the loader.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
Figure 50-90-3
1
1
2
P-85679
2
1
P-85681
P-85680
1
1
2
P-85675 P-85676
Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-7] and nut from Loosen the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-9]
the pedal linkage. from the pedal mounting bracket.
Figure 50-90-8
1
1
2
P-85675
P-85675A
Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-10] and nut on
the pedal linkage.
Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-8] and nut from
the pedal linkage. Check the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as
needed.
Remove the linkage (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-8].
Tilt the pedal back and forth until an acceptable “neutral”
Pedal (Adjusting) angle is achieved on the pedal.
After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal angle so that Tighten the two nuts (Item 2) and pivot bolt (Item 1)
there is clearance under the rear of the pedal. The valve [Figure 50-90-10] on the pedal assembly to standard
spool must travel full stroke without the pedal hitting the torque.
floor panel.
Figure 50-90-11
1
1
P-85859 P-85860
Figure 50-90-12
1 1
P-85858
Description
1
The control pedals are connected to foot sensors located
behind the control panel. The foot sensors send an
electronic pulse to the actuators on the control valve. The
electronic pulse tells the actuators to move the lift or tilt
spools on the control valve.
P-85675
WARNING Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-1] and nut from
the pedal linkage.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm Check the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm needed.
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. Figure 50-91-2
W-2059-0598
DANGER 1
P-85676
Linkage Removal And Installation After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal angle so that
there is clearance under the rear of the pedal. The valve
spool must travel full stroke without the pedal hitting the
Figure 50-91-3 floor panel.
Figure 50-91-5
1
1
P-90979
Remove the hairpin clip and the pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-
91-3] from the foot sensor.
P-85676
Figure 50-91-4
Loosen the two mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-5]
from the pedal mounting bracket.
Figure 50-91-6
1 1
2
P-90981
Figure 50-91-7
1
1
P-85859 P-85860
Figure 50-91-8
1 1
P-85858
Description
Figure 50-100-1
NA1034
The steering system consists of independent steering Pintle arms are of a two-piece design that allow easy
levers the operator uses to provide steering input to the adjustment of the neutral or “creep”.
loader.
The steering system returns the levers to their starting
The steering levers are attached to pivoting bellcranks position by means of the centering spring and the
that pivot on a steering shaft and plastic bushings. returning force of the torsion bushings.
The forward travel is adjusted by drift adjustment bolts. NOTE: Torsion bushings need to be replaced if torn
or rotating in the housing. Loosen torsion
The bellcranks are attached to steering linkage bars with bushing bolts slightly before adjustments are
torsion bushings pressed into the bellcranks. Bellcranks made.
mount to the control handle assembly and mount to the
control panel. Sequence of steering adjustments:
Steering linkage bars are a two-piece design. Steering 1. Set neutral of pintle arms, “creep”
linkage bars are adjustable in length for “full travel 2. Set full travel at steering linkage bars
adjustment”. 3. Set drift at drift adjustment bolts
2
DANGER
1
P-85846
P-90328
1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
P-85847
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. Disconnect the control harness connectors (Item 1) and
W-2059-0598
the back-up alarm wires (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-2] and
[Figure 50-100-3] from the control levers.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Remove Control Panel. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 50-100-2.)
Figure 50-100-4
Figure 50-100-6
2
1
1 1
2
2 2
P-90612
1 1
P-85864
Figure 50-100-5
3 2 3
3 3 P-85848
Figure 50-100-7 2
2 2
1
3 1 3 3 P-85867
3
Figure 50-100-10
4
3
2
1
1
P-85861
P-85868
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1), steering link, (Item 2),
and washers (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-7] and [Figure 50-
100-8]. Remove the tie straps (Item 1), the four nuts (Item 2), and
the plate (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-10].
Installation: Verify correct orientation of components
[Figure 50-100-7] and [Figure 50-100-8]. Remove the control handle (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-10].
1 2 1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
P-85872
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) from the bellcrank (Item 2) fall or move and cause injury or death.
[Figure 50-100-11]. W-2017-0286
Remove the bellcrank from the bracket [Figure 50-100- Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
11]. 1.)
Figure 50-100-12 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
3
1
P-85873
Inspect the shaft (Item 1), the bellcrank (Item 2), and the
bushings (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-11] for wear and
replace as need.
2
1
2
P-48631
2
Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts, nuts Figure 50-100-15
and rubber isolators (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-13].
P-48632
Figure 50-100-16
2
7
6 8
3 1 4 1
1
P-48629
2
5
2 Check the wear on the centering blocks (Item 1) [Figure
P-48630 50-100-17].
4 Bushing Spacer NOTE: If the centering blocks are worn, they can be
5 Spring removed and rotated 180 degrees and
6 Lock Nut reinstalled.
7 Centering Plate
8 Guide Bushings
Figure 50-100-18
2
2
1
P-54615
3
Remove the bolts and washers (Item 1) [Figure 50-100- Figure 50-100-21
18] from the pintle.
Remove the pintle arm (Item 2) from the pintle base (Item
3) [Figure 50-100-18].
Figure 50-100-19 2
1 3
1
2 P-48659
2
4
3 1
2
3
1 P-48619
P-54624
Inspect the torsion bushing (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-22] Installation: Install the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure
for damage and replace as needed. 50-100-24] into the pintle arm using the same procedure
as the removal.
Installation: Tighten the nuts to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40
ft-lb) torque. NOTE: When the torsion bushing is installed, the
amount of bushing on each side of the pintle
Figure 50-100-23 arm should be the same.
4
2
P-54626
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- P-85845
1.)
Figure 50-100-25 Loosen the bolt / nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-26] only
until the tension is released from the torsion bushing.
3
Figure 50-100-27
2
1
P-48450A
Tool that may assist in the neutral adjustment [Figure 50- P-54613
100-25].
To make this tool use a locking grip C-Clamp and grind Loosen the nut (Item 1) only until the tension is released
one edge flat (Item 1) and grind the other edge (Item 2) from the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-27].
[Figure 50-100-25] to a small rounded edge.
NOTE: The bolt must be loose enough to allow the
A steering centering block (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-25] is torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-27] to
also needed. The centering block can be placed as turn freely between the torsion bushing and
shown and welded to the C-clamp if desired. the steering linkage bar.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) holding the right centering NOTE: When the engine is started, the wheels /
block. Move the right hand centering block (Item 2) tracks may begin to move.
[Figure 50-100-28] until both pintle cams contact the
centering block. NOTE: In loaders equipped with manual steering and
hydraulic brake, the steering levers may have
NOTE: The left centering block is not adjustable. By to be moved during engine start-up to reduce
adjusting the right centering block the left the amount of creep. This reduction in creep
centering block will also become aligned will allow time for the engine to run and build
properly. up hydraulic charge pressure, which will
release the hydraulic brake.
Figure 50-100-29
Tighten bolts (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-29] to 47,5 - 54,2
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb).
3
NOTE: Check for slack between centering blocks and
pintle cams. If there is excessive slack repeat
above steps [Figure 50-100-28] and [Figure
50-100-29].
1
P-48451
P-48632
Figure 50-100-31
P-54610
Figure 50-100-32
2 1
2 1
P-48632
WARNING
P-85845
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Loosen the bolt / nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-33] only
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment until the tension is released from the torsion bushing.
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 50-100-34
1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. 2
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Pre-load tension in the torsion bushings must be The bolts must be loose enough to allow the torsion
removed before adjusting the steering linkage. bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-34] to turn freely
between the torsion bushing and the linkage bar.
Figure 50-100-35
2
1
1 3
P-51132
3 2
2
4
1
3
1
P-51131 P-51133
Move the right side steering lever to the rear and install a Before adjusting the linkage, verify the base pintle arm
10 mm (3/8 in) thick spacer (Item 1) between the pintle mounting bolt (Item 1) and both of the upper pintle mount
arm cam (Item 2) and the centering block (Item 3) bolts (Item 2) are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb)
[Figure 50-100-36]. torque. There should be no play between the pintle arm
and the square pump shaft [Figure 50-100-38].
Figure 50-100-39
1
1
1
P-51132
Figure 50-100-40
P-54613
Move the left control lever to the full forward position, then
pull forward on the left rear linkage bar until the pintle arm
is rotated to the front as far as possible [Figure 50-100-
40]. Use a locking plier, clamp the two linkage bars
together.
WARNING
1
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Tighten the two bolts and nuts (Items 1) [Figure 50-100- If the drift is excessive to the right, turn the left
43] to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque at the steering adjustment bolt in.
bell cranks.
NOTE: When using the drift adjustment bolts, only
Installation: After removal, installation, and adjusting of adjust one bolt for each test drive.
the linkage, the Back-up Alarm must be inspected. (See
Inspecting on Page 60-210-1.) In addition, only move each bolt a maximum
of one turn for each test drive. This will help
Figure 50-100-44 prevent over-correction and excessive
reduction in travel speed.
P-85877
Figure 50-100-46
1 2
P-85845
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
1
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-85879
Figure 50-101-2
1
1
1
2
1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. 3
1 1
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
P-85881
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
WARNING Remove the lift arm bypass knob and rubber washer
(Item 2) [Figure 50-101-2].
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Remove the control panel (Item 3) [Figure 50-101-2].
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Description
Figure 50-110-1
2
3
P-85882
Figure 50-110-2
P-85883A
Figure 50-111-1 1
P-85882
P-21879
NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal
The control handles / levers are used to control the sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See Lift
forward and reverse travel and the lift and tilt And Tilt Calibration (ACS) on Page 60-160-11.)
functions.The lift and tilt functions can be controlled by
handle sensors (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-1] that are Loosen the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-2].
located in the base of the control handle / levers.
Installation: Tighten the nuts so the lever cannot be
The control handles / levers are mounted to the control moved either right or left when seated in the operator
panel. seat.
Figure 50-111-3
1 P-21860
Figure 50-111-4
5
1 2
4
1 P-21862
P-21878
1 Figure 50-111-10
P-21880
2 3
Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure
50-111-7] from the handle sensor.
Figure 50-111-8
7
8
1
P-21799
1
Installation: When installing the handle sensor into the
control handle, check the routing of the switch handle
4 wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-9] and [Figure 50-
3 111-10] to assure proper return of the control handle to
7 neutral and minimize harness movement.
6
5 NOTE: Route wires (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-9] and
2 [Figure 50-111-10] as shown away from stop
P-21882
strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-111-9] and [Figure 50-
111-10] to avoid wire damage.
Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-8]
from the handle assembly. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal
NOTE: The handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-8] sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See Lift
can only be replaced as a complete assembly. And Tilt Calibration (ACS) on Page 60-160-11.)
Figure 50-111-11
1
1
N-17384
Figure 50-111-14
Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-11].
(See Handle Sensor Removal And Installation on Page
50-111-1.)
Figure 50-111-12 1
1 2
N-17385
Figure 50-111-15 2
3
4
2
1
2
P-85882
1
N-17394
Remove the tie strap and disconnect the electrical
connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-17] from the control
Remove the handle sleeve (Item 1) and bushings (Item 2) lever.
[Figure 50-111-15] from the handle.
Remove the four nuts (Item 2) and the plate (Item 3)
Check all parts for wear and replace as needed. [Figure 50-111-17] used to mount the control lever.
N-22796
Figure 50-111-18
P-85883A
Description
Joystick Testing
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 1
Figure 50-112-1
P-85891
P-85890
Figure 50-112-2
1
1
P-85889
Removal And Installation (Left) Remove the control pedal. (See Pedal Removal And
Installation on Page 50-90-1.)
Remove the control pedal. (See Pedal Removal And
Installation on Page 50-90-1.) Figure 50-120-2
Figure 50-120-1
1 1
1
1
2
2
3
3
P-85677A
P-85677
Remove the top mounting screw (Item 1), washer (Item
2), and loosen the two bottom mounting screws (Item 3)
Remove the four mounting screws, (Item 1), washer (Item [Figure 50-120-2] from the front access panel.
2), and remove the left access panel (Item 3) [Figure 50-
120-1]. Remove the front access panel from the loader.
Figure 50-121-1
2 1
1
2
P-90587
P-85887
Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1), and remove the
foot rest (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-3].
Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1), and remove the
foot rest (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-1]. Figure 50-121-4
Figure 50-121-2
2
3 2
1 2
1
1
2
P-90588
P-85884
Remove the bolt and throttle pedal (Item 1), and remove
the mounting screws (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-4].
Remove the mounting screws (Item 1), and remove the
inside left access panel (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-2]. Remove the right inside access panel (Item 3) [Figure
50-121-4].
WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
P-85705
Figure 50-130-1
7
6
1
P-85706
5
Remove the rear window assembly by turning the two
latches (Item 1) [Figure 50-130-1] in until they disengage
from the window frame. 2
3
Push the rear window out the rear of the operator cab. 4
P-85704
NOTE: If rear window is broken, remove all glass
fragments from the rubber molding before
installing a new window. Inspect and replace any damaged parts.
Clean the area before installing the rear window The items listed below refer to [Figure 50-130-3].
assembly.
1. Latch
Reverse the procedure to install the rear window. 2. Spacer
3. Bushing
4. Washer
5. Screw
6. Rear Window
7. Seal
Figure 50-131-1
1 1
P-85807
Figure 50-131-2
1 1
1 1
P-85808
From inside the operator cab, install and tighten the four
nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-131-2] on the window bolts.
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
1 1
Figure 50-132-1
1
1
1
1
2
P-90586
1 3 4 5
2
P-85819
Description
Figure 50-140-1
P-85828
Figure 50-140-4
2
P-85781A
2 1
Figure 50-140-2
2
3
2 1
1
P-85837
P-85588A P-85589A
4
3
1
1
1
P-85834
1 2
Figure 50-140-8
Remove the nuts (Items 1 and 2) and the wiper arms
(Item 3) [Figure 50-140-5].
2
Installation: Tighten the nut (Item 1) to 20 - 24 N•m (177
- 212 in-lb) torque and nut (Item 2) to 9 - 11 N•m (80 - 97 1
in-lb) torque.
Figure 50-140-6
Remove the bolt (Item 1), the latch (Item 2), and spring
(Item 3) [Figure 50-140-8].
2
Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 4) [Figure 50-140-
8].
1 1
P-85841
Remove the three tie straps (Item 1) and the wiper motor
assembly cover (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-6].
4
P-85832A P-85839A
3
4
P-85836
Figure 50-140-12
Remove the bolt (Item 1), the latch (Item 2), and spring CORRECT CORRECT
(Item 3) [Figure 50-140-9].
Figure 50-140-10
1
1
3
P-85833A P-85838A
1
When the striker or latch is NOT adjusted properly there
will be a gap (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-11] between the
door and the cab or the striker and the latch.
2 2
When the striker or latch is adjusted properly there will be
P-85830A no gap (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-12] between the door
and the cab or the striker and the latch.
Disconnect the harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-10]. After verifying alignment check for proper operation. (See
Checking Operation on Page 50-140-4.)
Remove the two bolts (Item 2), and the latch assembly
(Item 3) from the cab door [Figure 50-140-10].
Figure 50-140-13
1
1
P-85413
P-85830
Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key ON, lower seat bar and
close the door. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-13] and LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-15].
adjust the latch as needed.
Open the door. The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2)
Figure 50-140-14 [Figure 50-140-15] will flash, an audible tone will sound,
and the message [DOOR] will appear in the display.
Close the door and the LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2)
[Figure 50-140-15] will go out and the display will return
to machine hours.
P-85831
Description
Figure 50-150-1
P-90837
Slide the seat and the backrest all the way forward.
1
Remove the seat belt. (See Seat Belt Removal And
Installation on Page 50-30-2.)
Figure 50-150-2
P-90845
P-90835
Figure 50-150-3
P-90836
Figure 50-150-5
1
1
P-90840
Figure 50-150-8
1
P-90838
2
Lift up on one edge and remove armrest cover (Item 1)
[Figure 50-150-5].
Figure 50-150-6
1 P-90841
2
Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 1) and the support
tube (Item 2) [Figure 50-150-8].
1 1
P-90839
Figure 50-150-9
1
3
2
P100825
1
Figure 50-150-12
P-90842
Figure 50-150-10
7 4
6 3
5 2
3
6 1
5 2 P100824
4 1
Remove the nut (Item 1), washer (Item 2), spring (Item 3)
P-90843 [Figure 50-150-11] and [Figure 50-150-12].
Figure 50-150-13
1 1
2
P-90844
Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 1) and the slide rail
(Item 2) [Figure 50-150-13] from the arm rest mount.
Figure 50-160-1
1
1
1 1
P-90863 P-90856
1
Disconnect the wiper washer pump (Item 1) (if equipped)
1
[Figure 50-160-3] from the left side lower panel.
P-90867
Figure 50-160-5
2
1 1
P-90858
Figure 50-160-8
Remove the three plastic rivets and anchors (Item 1) and
the screw (Item 2) [Figure 50-160-5].
Figure 50-160-6
2 1
1
P-90852
NOTE: Pull the left side lower panel away from the
Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the plastic rivet side of the cab far enough to access the wire
(Item 2) [Figure 50-160-6]. harness.
Figure 50-160-9 1
1 1
1 1
1
1
P-90860
P-90859
Press the four tabs (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-10] and
remove the HVAC control out of the left side lower panel.
Disconnect the HVAC or radio wire harnesses (Item 1)
[Figure 50-160-9] (if equipped). Figure 50-160-11
P-90865
Figure 50-160-12
1 1
1
1
P-90866
Figure 50-160-13
P-90864
1 1
1
P-90870
1
Remove the three plastic rivets and anchors (Item 1) and
1 the screw (Item 2) [Figure 50-170-3].
Figure 50-170-2 1
1
1 P-90871
1
Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the plastic rivet
(Item 2) [Figure 50-170-4].
P-90869
Figure 50-170-5
P-90879
P-90872
Remove the plastic nut and the lock washer (Item 1)
[Figure 50-170-7] from power port and remove the
Pull the right side lower panel (Item 1) [Figure 50-170-5] power port from the right side lower panel.
rear out and away from the side of the cab.
NOTE: The power port lock washer must be replaced
NOTE: Pull the right side lower panel away from the with a new when it has been removed.
side of the cab far enough to access the wire
harness. Figure 50-170-8
Figure 50-170-6
2 1
1
P-90877
2
1
P-90881
P-90873
Depress the tab (Item 1) [Figure 50-170-8] and remove
the radio from the right side lower panel.
Disconnect the wire harnesses (Item 1) and the antenna
(Item 2) [Figure 50-170-6] (if equipped with radio). Installation: Insert a screwdriver into the slot (Item 2)
[Figure 50-170-8] to lock the tab into place.
NOTE: Install the right side lower panel with the radio
removed to assist in connecting the power
port wire.
Figure 50-170-9
P-90875
Figure 50-170-10
1
1
1
1
P-90876
Figure 50-180-1
1 1
1
P-90895
2
Remove the air duct (Item 1) [Figure 50-180-3] (if
P-90893 equipped).
1
1
2
1 P-90896
Remove the air duct (Item 1) [Figure 50-180-2] (if NOTE: Replace the retainers if needed.
equipped).
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-1
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-2
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-3
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Charging System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-2
Alternator Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-3
Low Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-3
High Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-4
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-5
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-6
STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-2
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 2 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
POWER
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
BATTERY MEGAFUSE
FC1 FUSE 2
100.0 Amps 1180/RED/WHT
BATT_CABLE 25 A J2B 2
1025/RED 1160/RED/WHT 1150/RED/WHT
J2B 3
1240/RED/WHT
FC1 FUSE 1 SHEET 8
1400/RED/WHT
25 A C408 17 SHEET 9
1070/RED 1120/RED/WHT 1450/RED/WHT 1450/RED/WHT 1420/RED/WHT
SHEET 8
1110/RED/WHT 1440/RED/WHT
SHEET 6 FC2 FUSE 4 J1B 2 SHEET 8
1130/RED/WHT
15 A J1B 3
1290/RED 1370/RED/WHT
SHEET 9
FC2 FUSE 2 1460/RED/WHT
25 A SHEET 13
1040/RED 1490/RED/WHT 1410/RED/WHT
SHEET 13
FC2 FUSE 1
1190/RED 25 A 1165/RED/WHT
SHEET 5
1010/RED
FRC 1 FUSE 6
1310/RED 30 A 1360/RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1050/RED FRC1 FUSE 5
30 A 1350/RED/WHT
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUSE 11
25 A
1300/RED 1140/RED/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 FUSE 10
1340/RED 20 A 1330/RED/WHT
SHEET 11
1620/RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 9 SHEET 8
1940/RNG/WHT
15 A SHEET 8
1320/RED/WHT 1930/RNG/WHT
SHEET 11 SHEET 8
1060/RED 1775/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 9
1030/RED 1960/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 8
1785/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
1950/RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 4 C408 43 SHEET 8
1660/RNG/WHT 1660/RNG/WHT 1590/RNG/WHT
5A SHEET 8
1570/RNG/WHT
SHEET 10
FRC1 FUSE 2
1760/RNG/WHT 25 A 1850/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
FRC1 FUSE 3
15 A 1550/RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
FRC1 FUSE1
25 A 1750/RNG/WHT 1780/RNG/WHT Printable Version Click Here
C489 A
SWITCHED
POWER
1720/RNG/WHT
C404 B WIRING SCHEMATIC
1050/RED 30
87
1765/RNG/WHT 1790/RNG/WHT
SHEET 12 (STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 6
2055/BLK
2030/BLK
85 86
1795/RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 7
25 A 1730/RNG/WHT
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
SHEET 12 SHEET 5
FRC1 FUSE 8
25 A
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
1580/RNG/WHT
8000/TAN
1920/RNG/WHT
J1A 4
1920/RNG/WHT 1840/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
Sheet 3 of 13
SHEET 5
1830/RNG/WHT
C408 6 SHEET 5
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
2080/BLK
SHEET 5
2070/BLK
SHEET 5 C408 32
2940/BLK 2950/BLK 2950/BLK
SHEET 8
2960/BLK 2510/BLK
SHEET 8 J1B 16
2920/BLK 2500/BLK 2110/BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B 15 BATT GND
2250/BLK 2540/BLK
SHEET 8 J2B 16
2550/BLK 2090/BLK
J2B 15
2765/BLK
SHEET 11
2745/BLK
SHEET 12
2790/BLK T8
SHEET 9 BATT GND
2780/BLK
SHEET 13
2730/BLK
SHEET 9
2620/BLK
SHEET 11
2630/BLK 2720/BLK
SHEET 11 C103 B C489 B
2650/BLK 2600/BLK 2600/BLK
SHEET 10
2640/BLK 2810/BLK 2390/BLK
SHEET 11 SHEET6
2610/BLK
SHEET 11
2200/BLK
SHEET 7
2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
SHEET 13
2450/BLK
SHEET 7
2741/BLK
SHEET 13
2785/BLK 2710/BLK 2300/BLK T1
SHEET 13 SHEET 5 BATT GND
2930/BLK 2480/BLK
SHEET 9 C408 42 SHEET 7
2830/BLK 2900/BLK 2900/BLK
SHEET 13
2700/BLK 2000/BLK
SHEET 8 SHEET 11
3530/LBL
SHEET 7
3800/LBL
SHEET 6
2370/BRN OR 3910/LBL
SHEET 9
3310/LBL OR 2180/BRN 3010/LBL
SHEET 7 J1B 17
3410/LBL
SHEET 7
3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN
SHEET 6
3510/LBL
SHEET 6 Printable Version Click Here
3710/LBL
SHEET 6
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 4 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
9160/PUR/WHT
C503 2
9260/PUR RH DLX PANEL
C503 4
9200/PUR 9270/PUR 9230/PUR C408 8 9230/PUR 9240/PUR 9250/PUR 9650/PUR 9630/PUR
GWY CTRLR J1B 8 C479 4
9100/PUR/WHT 9170/PUR/WHT 9130/PUR/WHT 9130/PUR/WHT 9140/PUR/WHT 9150/PUR/WHT 9550/PUR/WHT 9530/PUR/WHT LEFT PANEL
J1B 9 C479 3
120 OHM C408 7 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR C450
1830/RNG/WHT 1
#
SHEET 3
2070/BLK 2
SHEET 4 RIGHT
9560/PUR/WHT 3
JOYSTICK
9660/PUR 4
9220/PUR
J2B 8 AUX CTRLR C449
9120/PUR/WHT
J2B 9 1840/RNG/WHT 1 #
SHEET 3
2080/BLK 2
SHEET 4
9540/PUR/WHT 3 LEFT
9640/PUR 4 JOYSTICK
C426
9500/PUR/WHT A
J1B 14
9600/PUR B
J1B 20
9400/PUR D
J1B 21
C CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD)
1730/RNG/WHT E
SHEET 3
1165/RED/WHT F
SHEET 3
2710/BLK G
SHEET 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 5 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
STARTER
STARTER C109
1030/RED 30 J1A 22
8250/TAN B 8250/TAN R M
B SHEET 3
SHEET 3 87 8200/TAN A 8200/TAN S 1015/RED
C110
2005/BLK 85 86 8210/TAN B
SHEET 12 J1A 7 S 1020/RED FRC1 FUSE 12
ALTERNATOR G 15 A
L 1800/RNG/WHT 1815/RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
EXCITATION
2015/BLK
FUEL SHUTOFF
FUEL SOLENOID
PULL C101
8120/TAN D5 8100/TAN B 8100 TAN PULL 24.5 OHM
1350/RED/WHT 30 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 8150/TAN J1B 4 8800/TAN A 8800 TAN HOLD
J1A 30
2810/BLK 2800/BLK C 2800 BLK
85 86 SHEET4
2025/BLK 8110/TAN
SHEET 7 J1A 3
C106 GLOW
3600/LBL A SIG PLUG
J1A 15 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 30 8550/TAN
3610/LBL B GND 1060/RED J1A 14
SHEET 3 87 8500/TAN
3800/LBL T14 PRE HEATER
SHEET 4
3210/LBL B SIG 85 86
ENGINE COOLANT 2016/BLK 8510/TAN
3200/LBL A GND J1A 6
J1B 18 SENSOR (500-3000 OHM) 2055/BLK
SHEET 3
C104
C107
3500/LBL B +5V PWR
SHEET 9
3520/LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
J1A 25
3510/LBL A GND SENDER (0.5 ~ 4.5V)
SHEET 4
C355 C
C406 Printable Version Click Here
3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL 3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL A SIG FUEL
J1B 12 SENDER
3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN 3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN B GND
SHEET 4
C355 D
WIRING SCHEMATIC
3710/LBL
C405
B GND
(STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
3700/LBL A SIG
J1A 16 SWITCH T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 6 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
HYDRAULICS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
TRACTION
LOCK C425 TRACK MACHINES
30 4150/LGN
1360 RED/WHT J1A 13
SHEET 3 87 4100/LGN B C308
BRAKE
2025 BLK 4200/LGN A 4200/RED A SOLENOID
SHEET 6 85 86 J1B 6
2035/BLK 4110/LGN 2200/BLK C 2200/BLK B 9.8 OHM
SHEET 11 J1A 8 SHEET 4
12 V
HARN BRAKE ADAPTER 7165061
C425 WHEEL MACHINES
B PULL 0.3 OHM TRACTION
A HOLD 10.9 OHM LOCK
C
C362 C414
OPTIONAL REAR AUX
4440/LGN A 4440/LGN 1 SIG DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID
J2B 5
2440/BLK B 2440/BLK 2 GND FEMALE COUPLER
J2A 2
7.5 OHM 12V C420
C413 2410/BLK B
4430/LGN C 4430/LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX J1A 1 HYD LOCK SOLENOID
J2B 7 4410/LGN A
2430/BLK D 2430/BLK 2 GND DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID J1B 13 9.8 OHM 12V
J2A 10 MALE COUPLER
7.5 OHM 12V C105
C416 HYDRAULIC
3410/LBL B CHARGE
4450/LGN E 4450/LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX 3420/LBL C
J2B 4 J1B 1 PRESSURE
2450/BLK F 2450/BLK 2 GND BLEED / LOCK VALVE
SHEET 4 3400/LBL A 0.5-7.5V
SOLENOID MALE COUPLER J1B 23
7.5 OHM 12 V +8V
C417 C108
4480/LGN G 4480/LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX
HYDRAULIC
J2B 6 3310/LBL OR 2180/BRN B TEMPERATURE
2480/BLK H 2480/BLK 2 GND BLEED / LOCK VALVE SHEET 4
SHEET 4 3300/LBL A
SOLENOID FEMALE COUPLER J1A 32 SENDER
500 - 3000 OHM
C112
C415
OPTIONAL HIGH FLOW 3430/LBL A HYDRAULIC
2460/BLK B GND J1A 34
J2A 26 SOLENOID 3530/LBL B FILTER SWITCH
4460/LGN A SIG SHEET 4
J2B 26 7.5 OHM
12 V
C418
2330/BLK 2 GND FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)
J2A 18
4330/LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 19
C419
2340/BLK 2 GND FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
J2A 1
4340/LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 13
C437
2360/BLK 2 GND
J1A 27 TWO SPEED Printable Version Click Here
4360/LGN 1 SIG MAKEUP SOLENOID
J1B 25
2350/BLK
C441
2 GND
WIRING SCHEMATIC
J1A 26
4350/LGN 1 SIG TWO SPEED SOLENOID
J1B 26 (STANDARD MACHINE)
C446
J1A 18
2910/BLK
4010/LGN
2
1
GND HYDRAULIC
FAN SOLENOID T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
SIG
J1B 19 7.2 OHM
12 V (S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 7 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
T13
BUZZER (+)
1940/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
T2
BUZZER (-)
C500
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) C408 4 RH KEY SWITCH
9360/PUR OR 8130/TAN 9360/PUR OR 8130/TAN 2
J1A 24 START
9320/PUR OR 7040/WHT C479 10 9350/PUR OR 3040/LBL 9350/PUR OR 3040/LBL 4
BUZZER J1B 22 RUN/ENTER SW
2920/BLK C479 2 C408 40
SHEET 4 GROUND 1950/RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 3 Switched Power
1440/RED/WHT C479 1 1420/RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 Battery (+) SHEET 3 Battery (+)
2960/BLK 3
1960/RNG/WHT 1620/RNG/WHT C479 5 SHEET 4 GROUND
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 Switched Power 6
SW9 6450/PNK C479 11
SHEET 13 Left Blinker Input
TRAVEL CONTROL C479 8
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 6550/PNK
SHEET 13 Right Blinker Input
1590/RNG/WHT C503 5
C480 SHEET 3 Switched Power
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) C503 1
1240/RED/WHT
4750/LGN 12 SHEET 3 Battery (+)
SHEET 9 Reserved Output 5 C503 3
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 2 2250/BLK
SHEET 9 Park Break Output SHEET 4 GROUND
PTOL
C499 (Press To Operate Loader)
C408 1
9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 2
J1A 20 PTOL OUTPUT
9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 4
J1A 19 PTOL LED
C408 37
1930/RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 SWITCH POWER
2940/BLK 3
SHEET 4 GROUND
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
C212
2795/BLK 1
+ POWER SOCKET
1375/RED/WHT 2
-
C209
2790/BLK C408 24 2790/BLK 2010/BLK B
C408 23 SHEET 4
1370/RED/WHT 1370/RED/WHT 1390/RED/WHT A DOME LIGHT
SHEET 3
4760/LGN C
*
C676
1885/RNG/WHT 1
2885/BLK 2
C129 C279
1210/RED/WHT A
SHEET 3
1580/RNG/WHT C408 16 1580/RNG/WHT * 1865/RNG/WHT B LEFT SPEAKER
1
2
+ 7820/WHT
7830/WHT
3
4 RADIO CONN
2820/BLK C -
ACCESSORY
CONN C278
2 - 7810/WHT 6
RIGHT SPEAKER 1 7800/WHT 5
+
2730/BLK C408 33 2730/BLK
SHEET 4
C277
1510/RNG/WHT 4
2210/BLK 5 AIR RIDE
SEAT SOLENOID
C482 SEATBAR
SENSOR C667 C250 SENSOR SHOWN
2370/BRN OR 3910/LBL C408 45 2370/BRN OR 3910/LBL A GND
SHEET 4 4750/LGN 4740/LGN 4 4740/LGN 1 WITH DOOR OPEN
SHEET 8 DOOR SENSOR
1400 RED/WHT 5 1400/RED/WHT 2 C251
3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL C408 46 3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL B SIG SHEET 3
J1B 11 1860/RNG/WHT D SW PWR
6 7330/WHT C PARK WIPER
3930/LBL 3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL 3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL C PWR
J1B 24 1570/RNG/WHT 7300/WHT A LOW MOTOR
3500/LBL
+5V SHEET 6 C408 44 B GND
1850/RNG/WHT 1850/RNG/WHT 1 1850/RNG/WHT 3 E
SHEET 3
C408 27 1 2
3 7310/WHT 6
SW1 4 5
BRAKE SWITCH SW8
4500/LGN OR 3600/LBL 3 2 FRONT WIPER
SHEET 8 1 2840/BLK 2 2840/BLK SWITCH C252
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 4 5
SHEET 8 7310/WHT L
1775/RNG/WHT 6
SHEET 3 WASHER
2930/BLK
SHEET 4 2845/BLK X MOTOR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
7165991Standard Cab Harness T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
7176098 Deluxe Cab Harness (S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 9 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. * SPLICE DOES NOT EXIST IN 7165991 7175752
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
MANUAL
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C409
K
G RIGHT HANDLE
1590/RNG/WHT A
4940/LGN H
J2A 30
4930/LGN J SKI CTRL
J2A 31
4920/LGN E DETENT FLOW
J2B 21
4910/LGN F
J2A 13 TWO SPD
4310/LGN C -
J2B 17
4320/LGN D
J2B 18 PWM
4300/LGN B +
J2B 23
C410
K
D LEFT HANDLE
4840/LGN C
J2A 28
4830/LGN B SKI CTRL
J2A 22
4820/LGN G
J2A 12
4810/LGN F SIDE SHIFT
J2A 11
1570/RNG/WHT 1710/RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
1560/RNG/WHT J
J2B 22
H
E
C411
E
C
A
D TURN SIGNAL
B
C412
C404 A C103 C T19 1
7100/WHT 7100/WHT B
+ BACKUP ALARM
2650/BLK 7001923 A HORN
SHEET 4 -
T20 1
LIGHTS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C434-1
2735/BLK B LEFT FRONT
6100/PNK A WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765/BLK C408 28 2765/BLK 2750/BLK B
SHEET 4 LEFT FRONT
6110/PNK A WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
C435-1
6000/PNK C408 25 6000/PNK 6120/PNK A RIGHT FRONT
2760/BLK B WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130/PNK A
RIGHT FRONT
2705/BLK B WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
FRONT
WORK
LIGHTS C603
SHEET 4
2610/BLK 2
1330/RED/WHT 30 C103 A 6310/PNK RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340/PNK 6310/PNK 6320/PNK 1 TAIL LIGHT
2000/BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045/BLK 6330/PNK 1 LEFT REAR
6320/PNK 2640/BLK 2 TAIL LIGHT
J1A 5 SHEET 4
6330/PNK
J1A 31
2620/BLK T16 1
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210/PNK WORK LIGHT
REAR
LIGHT T15 1
1320/RED/WHT 30 C103 H
SHEET 3 6200/PNK 6200/PNK T17 1
87
2630/BLK LEFT REAR
85 86 SHEET 4 WORK LIGHT
2045/BLK T18 1
2035/BLK
SHEET 7
6210/PNK
J1A 17
6230/PNK
J1A 28
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 11 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
HVAC
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C630
7021/WHT 7020/WHT C408 34 7020/WHT B
J1A 11
7023/WHT 2570/BLK C
3320/LBL A
THERMOSTAT
C350
B C483
7024/WHT A EVAPORATOR 2560/BLK C BLK
(AC PRESS SWITCH) POTENTIOMETER
1980/RNG/WHT A DBL
C486 7220/WHT B WHT (TEMP CONTROL
C355 A SWITCH)
7024/WHT 7025/WHT 1
2 MAGNET CLUTCH C635
(COMPRESSOR)
2290/BLK 2280/BLK D SIG
SHEET 13
D4 2130/BLK C GND HEATER
1900/RNG/WHT 1910/RNG/WHT A 12V VALVE
SW10 B
BLOWER E
HVAC SWITCH F
1140/RED/WHT 30 OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500/RNG/WHT C408 21 1500/RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030/BLK 85 86 4
SHEET 3 6 C611
2005/BLK
SHEET 6 3 1970/RNG/WHT A 14.00 Amps High
1790/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 1520/RNG/WHT B 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
1815/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 7320/WHT C 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
8020/TAN
J1A 21 2580/BLK D
2745/BLK 2745/BLK
SHEET 4
C408 22
7040/WHT
SW11
AC SWITCH
1 C
2100/BLK
3
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 12 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
OPTIONS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SW5
POWER
BOBTACH
SWITCH
C411 1410 RED/WHT C408 26 1410/RED/WHT 1380/RED/WHT 2 1 7000/WHT OR 4480/LGN C408 97000/WHT OR 4480/LGN
C408 15 SHEET 3
B 6010/PNK 6010/PNK 1430/RED/WHT 1200/RED/WHT 3 C408 10
C 6550/PNK 5 4 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN
LEFT C408 36 SHEET 8 D1 X T3 6
HANDLE A 6515/PNK 6500/PNK 6500/PNK 6530/PNK FLASHER CONN SW2
5 PIN E 6540/PNK L BEACON
C408 29 D2 SWITCH PWR BOB CLOSE
D 6415/PNK 6400/PNK 6400/PNK 6430/PNK 6570/PNK
2725/BLK C607
6450/PNK 6 C355 E
SHEET 8 5 A 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN
SW3 1 4
C103 E HAZARD SWITCH 2 C670 STROBE 1 2 B 2770 BLK OR 2470/BLK 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6410/PNK (PINS 3 & 6 3 BEACON
4 6700/PNK E 3 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6510/PNK INTERNALLY 5 SHEET 12 2290/BLK SHEET 4
2850/BLK 2420/BLK D C355 B
INSULATED) 6
C103 D C
LEFT C606
A
BLINKER B 2775/BLK OR 2480/BLK
F
2780/BLK C408 30 2780/BLK A 7000/WHT C355 F
SHEET 4 B
6440/PNK
6540/PNK RIGHT PWR BOB OPEN
BLINKER
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 13 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3,4,5,7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C441 TWO SPEED 2 13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C126 HORN 2 13 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C499 PTOL 4 8
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C408 CAB - MFR HARN CONNECTOR 48 3-5,8,9,11-13 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C667 DOOR 6 9 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C418 FRONT ROD (MALE) 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C419 FRONT BASE (FEMALE) 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7
C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 2 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
1240/RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
C408 BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
1400/RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450/RED/WHT 17 1450/RED/WHT 1420/RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440/RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110/RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070/RED 1120/RED/WHT 1130/RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025/RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160/RED/WHT 1150/RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180/RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
100.0 Amps FUSE 3 OPEN COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
BATT_CABLE
LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
FUSE 4 OPEN PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
POWER PAGE 3
GROUND PAGE 4
1010/RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190/RED 1165/RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040/RED 1490/RED/WHT 1410/RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460/RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A ACS PAGE 14
1290/RED 1370/RED/WHT
SHEET 9 SJC PAGE 15
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
6 1840/RNG/WHT
(STANDARD MACHINE)
1920/RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
1830/RNG/WHT
C449 LH JOYSTICK T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 3 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
Printable Version Click Here
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
2080/BLK
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
2070/BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK
2920/BLK C408
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN
C479 LH PANEL
2940/BLK 2950/BLK 32 2950/BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960/BLK 16 2510/BLK 2110/BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500/BLK
2250/BLK
SHEET 8 2765/BLK
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL SHEET 11
16 2540/BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS) T8
J2B 15 2745/BLK BATT GND
2550/BLK 2090/BLK SHEET 12
2930/BLK AUX CTRLR
SHEET 8 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2790/BLK
2830/BLK 2900/BLK 42 2900/BLK SHEET 9
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH
2780/BLK
SHEET 8 2700/BLK SHEET 13
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
2785/BLK 2730/BLK
SHEET 13 SHEET 9
C126 HORN C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
SHEET 11 2105/BLK
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
2620/BLK
SHEET 11 T1
T16 RH REAR LIGHT
C103 BATT GND
2630/BLK C489
SHEET 11 TAILGATE HARN B 2720/BLK
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650/BLK 2600/BLK B 2600/BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM 2400/BLK 2390/BLK
SHEET 6
2640/BLK C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
SHEET 11 2200/BLK
C602 LH REAR LIGHT SHEET 7
2610/BLK C425 BRAKE
SHEET 11 2770/BLK
C603 RH REAR LIGHT SHEET 13
C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC)
2455/BLK
2170/BRN SHEET 13
SHEET 6 C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2710/BLK 2300/BLK
2160/BRN SHEET 5
SHEET 6 C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
2320/BRN
SHEET 7
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH
SHEET 9
2370/BRN J1B Printable Version Click Here
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR
SHEET 7
2220/BRN
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER
2230/BRN 17
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 7 2190/BRN
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
(STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 6
2180/BRN T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)
SHEET 6
2140/BRN (S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER
2150/BRN
Sheet 4 of 13
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
J1B C408
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN
C426 9260/PUR 4
Remote Run Tool, ACD C503
9160/PUR/WHT 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500/PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600/PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090/LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 1830/RNG/WHT 1
C SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730/RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER SHEET 4
2070/BLK
9560/PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165/RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660/PUR 4
2710/BLK G GROUND 9220/PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120/PUR/WHT 9
AUX CTRLR
1840/RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080/BLK
9540/PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640/PUR 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 5 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1
STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030/RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200/TAN TAN S M
B SHEET 3
3560/LBL B TAN R
85 86 8210/TAN 1015/RED
SHEET 12 2005/BLK
C110
B S 1020/RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
EXCITATION
2015/BLK
FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
RELAY 8500/TAN
1060/RED 30
SHEET 3 87
2016/BLK 85 86
2055/BLK
SHEET 3
6 8510/TAN
14 3420/LBL
3 8110/TAN
30 3410/LBL
7 8210/TAN
22 3560/LBL
C107
5140/YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140/LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140/BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405
2150/BRN B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150/LBL A SIG Printable Version Click Here
SWITCH (NC)
C106
15 3160/LBL
2160/BRN
A
B
SIG
GND
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 4 (163 OHM)
C104
(STANDARD MACHINE)
2170/BRN B GND ENGINE COOLANT
18
SHEET 4
3170/LBL A SIG
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(8 VOLT)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
4 8800/TAN
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
J1B C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN
C406 Sheet 6 of 13
12 3180/LBL C 3180/LBL OR 3100, LBL A SIG
FUEL SENDER
SHEET 4
2180/BRN D 2180/BRN OR 3110, LBL B GND (30 - 270 OHM)
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 C425
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1 B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4100/LGN 4200/LGN A 4200/LGN A SOLENOID
RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200/BLK C 2200/BLK B 9.8 OHM ADAPTER (SEE
1360/RED/WHT 30 SHEET 4
SHEET 3 3430/LBL 12 V ADDITIONAL
87
2025/BLK WHEEL 2 SPD ADAPTER HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
SHEET 6 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADAPTER HARNESS 7165061
2035/BLK 4110/LGN
SHEET 11
C425
C108
2220/BRN B HYDRAULIC
GND
SHEET 4 TEMPERATURE
32 3220/LBL A SIG SENDER
500 - 3000 OHM
C112 (8 VOLT)
J1A 34 3320/LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320/BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4
C446
18 2910/BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010/LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410/BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410/LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190/BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190/LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190/YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200/LGN
19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR
CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15
T13
BUZZER (+)
1940/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040/WHT OR 9320, PUR BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930/RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940/BLK 3
7040/WHT OR 9320, PUR 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
C408
2920/BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960/RNG/WHT 1440/RED/WHT 1 20 3030/LBL 1 3030/LBL OR 9380, PUR 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620/RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380/BRN 37 2380/BRN OR 9370, PUR 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400/LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500/LBL 8
SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
4
2700/BLK 2 3 3650/LBL 7 24 8130/TAN 4 8130/TAN OR 9360, PUR 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600/LBL OR 4500, LGN
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040/LBL 40 4
3040/LBL OR 9350, PUR RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610/LBL OR 9310, PUR 4 5 GWY CTRLR
SHEET 3 1775/RNG/WHT 6
1950/RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2930/BLK C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420/RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3620/LBL 12 2960/BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610/LBL OR 9310, PUR 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590/RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240/RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250/BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 8 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683 Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PAGE 1,2 LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
CAB
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT WIRE BREAK
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
*
SW4
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
H/ISO (SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785/RNG/WHT 2 1
SHEET 3 3
SHEET 9 2060/BLK 5 6
4
C408
CAB-MFR HARN
2
3
4235/LGN
4275/LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
5 4550/LGN 2795/BLK 1 GND
1375/RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
3620/LBL 3630/LBL 4
SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400/RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6
MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
C409
RIGHT HANDLE
J2A
K
AUX CTRLR G
1520/RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940/LGN H
C404 31 4930/LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920/LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910/LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100/WHT C 7100/WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET) 4310/LGN C
BACK UP
4320/LGN D PWM
2650/BLK ALARM
SHEET 4 4300/LGN B (8 VOLT)
T20 TERMINAL (-)
21 17 18 23
C410
J2B LEFT HANDLE
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670/BRN 3 GND D
GWY CTRLR 4670/LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840/LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830/LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820/LGN G
C422 11 4810/LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680/BRN 3 GND 1530/RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680/LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 H
E
7 5
J1B
GWY CTRLR WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 10 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15 C434-1
2735/BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
6100/PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
C408
37.00 Watts
CAB-MFR HARN
C434-2
2765/BLK 28 2765/BLK 2750/BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110/PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
C435-1
6000/PNK 25 6000/PNK 6120/PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760/BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130/PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705/BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
FRC1
FRONT WORK C103
LIGHTS RELAY TAILGATE HARN C603
2610/BLK 2 GND
1330/RED/WHT 30 SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340/PNK 6310/PNK A 6310/PNK 6320/PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2105/BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045/BLK 6330/PNK 1 SIG
2640/BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320/PNK
31 3460/LBL
J1A
17 6210/PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440/LBL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 11 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
HVAC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
2440/BLK * C610
2 GND
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
HVAC DUCT
7440/WHT 1 SIG FAN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
C483
2560/BLK * C BLK
7420/WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425/WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130/BLK C GND HEATER
7430/WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F
FRC1 C408
*BLOWER
SW10
* C630
3
THERMOSTAT
SHEET 13
2290/BLK 2280/BLK
(COMPRESSOR)
(STANDARD MACHINE)
D4
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 12 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OPTIONS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15
# C607
C355
FUEL HARN
C408
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
POWER 10 CAB-MFR HARN
BOB-TACH
SIG
GND
1
2
4470/LGN OR 7010, WHT
2470/OR 2770, BLK 2770/OR 2751, BLK
E
B
4470/LGN
2770/BLK
4470/LGN
4480/LGN
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
CLOSE SHEET 4
2290/BLK
SHEET 12
#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
C606 BOBTACH
POWER 5 4
SIG 2 2480/OR 2775, BLK SWITCH 6
BOB-TACH 1 4480/LGN OR 7000, WHT 4480/LGN
GND F 9
OPEN
1380/RED/WHT
1410/RED/WHT 26 1410/RED/WHT 1200/RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010/PNK 15
1430/RED/WHT
6010/PNK L
* FLASHER CONN
C 3500/LBL
SHEET 8 D1
LEFT HANDLE A 6515/PNK 6500/PNK 36 6500/PNK 6530/PNK
*BEACON
SW2
6570/PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E 6540/PNK
5 PIN D2 SWITCH
D 6415/PNK 6400/PNK 29 6400/PNK 6430/PNK
3400/LBL 2725/BLK 6
C103
SHEET 8
*SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1
6700/PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
TAILGATE HARN
INTERNALLY 5 4 3
2850/BLK
INSULATED) 6
E 6410/PNK
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL D 6510/PNK * C670
E
OPTIONS SHEET) 2780/BLK 30 D
2780/BLK 2420/BLK BEACON/FLASHER
SHEET 4
6440/PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540/PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
1550/RNG/WHT 13 1550/RNG/WHT C OPTIONS SHEET)
C423
SHEET 3
LEFT +
C279
1 7820/WHT
* C676
3
A
3
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450/LGN D3 4455/LGN 35 4455/LGN 1
4
2 *
SW6
BUCKET
SPEAKER
-
2 7830/WHT 4
2830/BLK 5 POSITION C278 RADIO CONN
SOLENOID GND B 2450/BLK 2455/BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6 2 7810/WHT 6
RIGHT -
C126 SPEAKER 1 7800/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2785/BLK + 1885/RNG/WHT 1
C412 B GND SHEET 9 PWR
FRONT 2885/BLK 2
LEFT HANDLE B 7210/WHT 38 7210/WHT A SIG SHEET 9 GND
HORN
(HORN) A 1460/RED/WHT
2 PIN
SHEET 3 C277
* 1
2
3
C415 1510/RNG/WHT 4 PWR
J2A HIGH FLOW SHEET 9 AIR RIDE
26 2460/BRN B GND 2210/BLK 5 GND
AUX CTRLR SOLENOID SHEET 9 SEAT
4460/LGN A SIG 6
7.5 OHM 12 V
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
J1A
4360/LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
(STANDARD MACHINE)
ADAPTER (SEE
GWY CTRLR
26 2350/BRN
C441
2 GND TWO SPEED
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
SOLENOID
4350/LGN 1 SIG
5.1 OHM 12 V (S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
25 26
J1B
Sheet 13 of 13
GWY CTRLR
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
Printable Version Click Here
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS (ACS)
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 J1A GATEWAY COTROLLER 34 C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 14
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C422 LIFT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 14
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 C467 LIFT PEDAL LOCK 3 14
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 C468 TILT PEDAL LOCK 3 14
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 J1-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 8 C469 TILT HANDLE 3 14
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J2-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 C470 TILT PEDAL 3 14
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J3-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 C471 LIFT PEDAL 3 14
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER 50 C472 LIFT HANDLE 3 14
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 7
C126 HORN 2 13 C441 TWO SPEED 2 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 3
C129 ACCESSORY 3 9 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 3
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK 4 5,15 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 3,6,7,11,12
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 5,15
C250 DOOR SENSOR 2 9 C459 LEFT JOYSTICK 4 15
C251 WIPER 5 9 C460 RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 15 T1 BATT GROUND 4
C252 WASHER 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 8
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 T3 FLASHER 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 T6 BATT GROUND 4
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 9 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 T8 BATT GROUND 4 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS (SJC)
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 T13 BUZZER POWER 8 NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C489 ACCESSORY 2 3,4 T14 PRE HEATER 6 PINS
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS 1 8 3,5,9,14,15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) C536 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 4 15
T15 11
C362 REAR AUX SOLENOID 8 7 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS 2 4 3,4,14,15 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 11 C537 LEFT SWASHPLATE 4 15
C404 BACKUP ALARM 2 3,10 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 11 C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 15
T17
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C499 PTOL 4 8 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 11 C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 15
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 10 C453 RIGHT QUAD A DRIVE 4 15
T19 BACKUP ALARM
C408 CAB CONNECTOR 48 3-5, 8-13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 10 C454 LEFT QUAD DIRVE 4 15
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 C474 BRAKE LIGHT 1 15
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY 5 10,13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 9 C501 A22 PUMP HARNESS 8 15
C412 HANDLE(HORN) 2 10,13 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 13 C544 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15
C413 REAR ROD 2 7 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 13 C545 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15
C414 REAR BASE 2 7 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 9 C546 RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 7 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 13 C547 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15
C416 DIVERTER SOLENOID 2 7 C667 DOOR KIT 6 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 13 C542 LEFT SWASHPLATE 3 15
C417 REAR AUX RELIEF 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 SW8 FRONT WIPER SWITCH 9 C543 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 3 15
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 9 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 8 C707 OBW STOP BRAKE LIGHT 3 15
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 12
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 SW11 AC SWITCH 12
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 2 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
POWER
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
FC1 FUSE 3 ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
25 A COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
1270/RED 1170/RED/WHT
C493 1 COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
FC1 FUSE 4 SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
1280/RED 25 A 1235/RED/WHT
BATTERY MEGAFUSE
FC1 FUSE 2
C493 2
100.0 Amps 1180/RED/WHT
BATT_CABLE 25 A J2B 2
1025/RED 1160/RED/WHT 1150/RED/WHT
J2B 3
1240/RED/WHT
FC1 FUSE 1 SHEET 8
1400/RED/WHT
25 A C408 17 SHEET 9
1070/RED 1120/RED/WHT 1450/RED/WHT 1450/RED/WHT 1420/RED/WHT
SHEET 8
1110/RED/WHT 1440/RED/WHT
SHEET 6 FC2 FUSE 4 J1B 2 SHEET 8
1130/RED/WHT
15 A J1B 3
1290/RED 1370/RED/WHT
SHEET 9
FC2 FUSE 2 1460/RED/WHT
25 A SHEET 13
1040/RED 1490/RED/WHT 1410/RED/WHT
SHEET 13
FC2 FUSE 1
1190/RED 25 A 1165/RED/WHT
SHEET 5
1010/RED
FRC 1 FUSE 6
1310/RED 30 A 1360/RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1050/RED FRC1 FUSE 5
30 A
1350/RED/WHT
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUSE 11
25 A
1300/RED 1140/RED/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 FUSE 10
1340/RED 20 A 1330/RED/WHT
SHEET 11
1620/RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 9 SHEET 8
1940/RNG/WHT
15 A SHEET 8
1320/RED/WHT 1930/RNG/WHT
SHEET 11 SHEET 8
1060/RED 1775/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 9
1030/RED 1960/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 8
1785/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
1950/RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 4 C408 43 SHEET 8
1660/RNG/WHT 1660/RNG/WHT 1590/RNG/WHT
5A SHEET 8
1570/RNG/WHT
SHEET 10
FRC1 FUSE 2
1760/RNG/WHT 25 A 1850/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
FRC1 FUSE 3
15 A 1550/RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
FRC1 FUSE1
25 A 1780/RNG/WHT
1750/RNG/WHT
C489 A
Printable Version Click Here
SWITCHED 1720/RNG/WHT
C404 B
POWER
1050/RED 30 WIRING SCHEMATIC
1765/RNG/WHT 1790/RNG/WHT
87 SHEET 12
2055/BLK 85 86 FRC1 FUSE 7 (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
SHEET 6 25 A
2030/BLK 1795/RNG/WHT 1730/RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 FUSE 8
SHEET 5 T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
1740/RNG/WHT
8000/TAN
C492 6
25 A
1580/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9 (S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
J1A 4
1920/RNG/WHT 1920/RNG/WHT 1840/RNG/WHT
1830/RNG/WHT
SHEET 5 Sheet 3 of 15
C408 6 SHEET 5
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
2080/BLK 2235/BLK
SHEET 5 C493 3
2070/BLK 2240/BLK
SHEET 5 C408 32 C493 4
2940/BLK 2950/BLK 2950/BLK
SHEET 8
2960/BLK 2510/BLK
SHEET 8 J1B 16
2920/BLK 2500/BLK 2110/BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B 15 BATT GND
2250/BLK 2540/BLK
SHEET 8 J2B 16
2550/BLK 2090/BLK
J2B 15
2765/BLK
SHEET 11
2745/BLK
SHEET 12
2790/BLK T8
SHEET 9 BATT GND
2780/BLK
SHEET 13
2730/BLK
SHEET 9
2620/BLK
SHEET 11
2630/BLK 2720/BLK
SHEET 11 C103 B C489 B
2650/BLK 2600/BLK 2600/BLK
SHEET 10
2640/BLK 2810/BLK 2390/BLK
SHEET 11 SHEET 6
2610/BLK
SHEET 11
2200/BLK
SHEET 7
2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
SHEET 13
2450/BLK
SHEET 7
2741/BLK
SHEET 13
2785/BLK 2710/BLK 2300/BLK T1
SHEET 13 SHEET 5 BATT GND
2930/BLK 2480/BLK
SHEET 9 C408 42 SHEET 7
2830/BLK 2900/BLK 2900/BLK
SHEET 13
2700/BLK 2105/BLK
SHEET 8 SHEET 11
2530/BLK 2000/BLK
SHEET 10
2520/BLK
SHEET 10
3530/LBL
SHEET 7
3800/LBL
SHEET 6
2370/BRN OR 3910/LBL
SHEET 9
3310/LBL 3010/LBL
SHEET 7 J1B 17
3410/LBL
SHEET 7
3110/LBL OR 2189/BRN
SHEET 6
3510/LBL
SHEET 6
3710/LBL Printable Version Click Here
SHEET 6
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 4 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
9160/PUR/WHT
C503 2
9260/PUR RH DLX PANEL
C503 4
9200/PUR 9270/PUR 9210/PUR 9280/PUR 9230/PUR C408 8 9230/PUR 9240/PUR 9250/PUR 9650/PUR 9630/PUR
J1B 8 C479 4
GWY CTRLR 9100/PUR/WHT 9170/PUR/WHT 9110/PUR/WHT 9180/PUR/WHT 9130/PUR/WHT 9130/PUR/WHT 9140/PUR/WHT 9150/PUR/WHT 9550/PUR/WHT 9530/PUR/WHT LEFT PANEL
J1B 9 C479 3
120 OHM C408 7 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR C450
SHEET 3
1830/RNG/WHT 1 #
2070/BLK 2
SHEET 4 RIGHT
9560/PUR/WHT 3 JOYSTICK
9660/PUR 4
9240/PUR
C492 1
9140/PUR/WHT ACS CTRLR C449
C492 4
9290/PUR 1840/RNG/WHT 1 #
C492 7 SHEET 3
9190/PUR/WHT DRIVE CTRLR 2080/BLK 2
C492 8 SHEET 4 LEFT
9540/PUR/WHT 3
JOYSTICK
9640/PUR 4
9220/PUR
J2B 8 AUX CTRLR
9120/PUR/WHT
J2B 9
C426
9500/PUR/WHT A
J1B 14
9600/PUR B
J1B 20
9400/PUR D
J1B 21
C CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD)
1730/RNG/WHT E
SHEET 3
1165/RED/WHT F
SHEET 3
2710/BLK G
SHEET 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 5 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
30 J1A 22
8250/TAN B 8250/TAN R M
B SHEET 3
1030/RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200/TAN 8200/TAN S 1015/RED
C110
2005/BLK 85 86 8210/TAN B
SHEET 12 J1A 7 S 1020/RED FRC1 FUSE 12
ALTERNATOR G 15 A
L 1800/RNG/WHT 1815/RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
EXCITATION
2015/BLK
FUEL SHUTOFF
FUEL SOLENOID
PULL C101
8120/TAN D5 8100/TAN B 8100 TAN PULL
1350/RED/WHT 30 24.5 OHM
SHEET 3 87 8150/TAN J1B 4 8800/TAN A 8800 TAN HOLD 0.33 OHM
J1A 30
2810/BLK 2800/BLK C 2800 BLK
85 86 SHEET 4
2025/BLK 8110/TAN
SHEET 7 J1A 3
C106 GLOW
3600/LBL A SIG PLUG
J1A 15 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 30 8550/TAN
3610/LBL B GND 1060/RED J1A 14
SHEET 3 87 8500/TAN
3800/LBL T14 PRE HEATER
SHEET 4
3210/LBL B SIG 85 86
ENGINE COOLANT 2016/BLK 8510/TAN
3200/LBL A GND J1A 6
J1B 18 SENSOR (500-3000 OHM) 2055/BLK
SHEET 3
C104
C107
3500/LBL B +5V PWR
SHEET 9
3520/LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
J1A 25
3510/LBL A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C406
C355 C
3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL 3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL A SIG
J1B 12 FUEL
3110/LBL OR 2189/BRN 3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN B GND SENDER Printable Version Click Here
SHEET 4
C355 D
C405 WIRING SCHEMATIC
3710/LBL B GND
SHEET 4
J1A 16
3700/LBL A SIG
AIR FILTER
SWITCH (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 6 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
HYDRAULIC
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
TRACTION
LOCK C425 TRACK MACHINES
30 4150/LGN
1360/RED/WHT J1A 13
SHEET 3 87 4100/LGN B C308
BRAKE
2025/BLK 4200/LGN A 4200/RED A SOLENOID
SHEET 6 85 86 J1B 6
2035/BLK 4110/LGN 2200/BLK C 2200/BLK B 9.8 OHM
SHEET 11 J1A 8 SHEET 4
12 V
HARN BRAKE ADAPTER 7165061
C425 WHEEL MACHINES
B PULL 0.3 OHM TRACTION
A HOLD 10.9 OHM LOCK
C SOLENOID
C362 C414
OPTIONAL REAR AUX
4440/LGN A 4440/LGN 1 SIG DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID
J2B 5
2440/BLK B 2440/BLK 2 GND FEMALE COUPLER
J2A 2
7.5 OHM 12V C420
C413 2410/BLK B HYD LOCK
4430/LGN C 4430/LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX J1A 1 SOLENOID
J2B 7 4410/LGN A
2430/BLK D 2430/BLK 2 GND
DIRECIONAL SOLENOID J1B 13 9.8 OHM 12V
J2A 10 MALE COUPLER
7.5 OHM 12V C105
C416 HYDRAULIC
3410/LBL B CHARGE
4450/LGN E 4450/LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX 3420/LBL C
J2B 4 J1B 1 PRESSURE
2450/BLK F 2450/BLK 2 GND BLEED / LOCK VALVE 3400/LBL A 0.5-7.5V
SHEET 4 SOLENOID MALE COUPLER J1B 23
C417
7.5 OHM 12 V +8V
C108 HYDRAULIC
4480/LGN G 4480/LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX 3310/LBL B TEMPERATURE
J2B 6 BLEED / LOCK VALVE SHEET 4
2480/BLK H 2480/BLK 2 GND 3300/LBL A SENDER
SHEET 4 SOLENOID FEMALE COUPLER J1A 32 500 - 3000 OHM
9.8 OHM 12 V
C112
C415 3430/LBL A HYDRAULIC OIL
2460/BLK B GND J1A 34
J2A 26 OPTIONAL HIGH FLOW 3530/LBL B FILTER SWITCH
4460/LGN A SIG SOLENOID SHEET 4
J2B 26 7.5 OHM 12 V
C418
2330/BLK 2 GND
J2A 18 FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)
4330/LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 19
C419
2340/BLK 2 GND FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
J2A 1
4340/LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 13
C437
2360/BLK 2 GND
J1A 27 OPTIONAL TWO SPEED
4360/LGN 1 SIG Printable Version Click Here
J1B 25 MAKEUP SOLENOID
C441
J1A 26
2350/BLK
4350/LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
TWO SPEED
SOLENOID
WIRING SCHEMATIC
J1B 26
C446 (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
2910/BLK 2 GND HYDRAULIC
J1A 18
J1B 19
4010/LGN 1 SIG
FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
12 V
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 7 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
PTOL
C408 1 C499 (Press To Operate Loader)
9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 2
J1A 20
9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 4
J1A 19
C408 37
1930/RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
2940/BLK 3
SHEET 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
C209
2790/BLK C408 24 2790/BLK 2010/BLK B
C408 23 SHEET 4
1370/RED/WHT 1370/RED/WHT 1390/RED/WHT A DOME LIGHT
SHEET 3
4760/LGN C
*
C676
1885/RNG/WHT 1
2885/BLK 2
C129 C279
1210/RED/WHT A
SHEET 3
1580/RNG/WHT
C408 16
1580/RNG/WHT * 1865/RNG/WHT B LEFT SPEAKER
1
2
+ 7820/WHT
7830/WHT
3
4 RADIO CONN
2820/BLK C -
ACCESSORY
CONN C278
2 - 7810/WHT 6
RIGHT SPEAKER 1 7800/WHT 5
+
2730/BLK C408 33 2730/BLK
SHEET 4
C277
1510/RNG/WHT 4
AIR RIDE
2210/BLK 5 SEAT SOLENOID
C482
SEATBAR
SENSOR C667 C250 SENSOR SHOWN
2370/BRN OR 3910/LBL C408 45 2370/BRN OR 3910/LBL A GND
SHEET 4 4750/LGN 4740/LGN 4 4740/LGN 1 WITH DOOR OPEN
SHEET 8
3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL 3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL 1400/RED/WHT 5 1400/RED/WHT 2 DOOR SENSOR C251
C408 46 B SIG SHEET 3
J1B 11 1860/RNG/WHT D SW PWR
3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL 3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL 6 7330/WHT C PARK
3930/LBL C PWR WIPER
J1B 24 1570/RNG/WHT 7300/WHT A LOW MOTOR
+5V 3500/LBL C408 44
SHEET 6 B GND
1850/RNG/WHT 1850/RNG/WHT 1 1850/RNG/WHT 3 E
SHEET 3
C408 27 1 2
3 7310/WHT 6
SW1 4 5
BRAKE SWITCH SW8
4500/LGN OR 3600/LBL 3 2 FRONT WIPER
SHEET 8 1 2840/BLK 2 2840/BLK SWITCH C252
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 4 5
SHEET 8 7310/WHT L
1775/RNG/WHT 6
SHEET 3 WASHER
2930/BLK
SHEET 4 2845/BLK X MOTOR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
7165991 Standard Cab T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
7176098 Deluxe Cab (S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 9 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. * SPLICE DOES NOT EXIST IN 7165991 7171253
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
MANUAL
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
C409
RIGHT HANDLE
2530/BLK K
SHEET 4
4230 LGN G
SHEET 9
1590/RNG/WHT A
4940/LGN H
J2A 30
4930/LGN J SKI CTRL
J2A 31
4920/LGN E DETENT FLOW
J2B 21
4910/LGN F
J2A 13 TWO SPD
4310/LGN C -
J2B 17
4320/LGN D
J2B 18 PWM
4300/LGN B +
J2B 23
C410
LEFT HANDLE
K
4640/LGN D
J2A 20
4840/LGN C
J2A 28
4830/LGN B SKI CTRL
J2A 22
4820/LGN G
J2A 12
4810/LGN F SIDE SHIFT
J2A 11
1570/RNG/WHT 1710/RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
1560/RNG/WHT J
J2B 22
4240/LGN H
SHEET 9
2520/BLK E
SHEET 4
C411
E
C
A
D TURN SIGNAL
B
C412
C404 A 7100/WHT C103 C 7100/WHT T19 1 B
+ BACKUP ALARM
2650/BLK 7001923 A HORN
SHEET 4 -
T20 1
C421
2370/BLK 3
J1A 10 TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID
4370/LGN 1
J1B 7 (NOT USED WITH ACS)
2
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C422
J1A 2
2380/BLK 3
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
4380/LGN 1 (NOT USED WITH ACS)
J1B 5
2 T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 10 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
LIGHTS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
C434-1
2735/BLK B LEFT FRONT
6100/PNK A WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765/BLK C408 28 2765/BLK 2750/BLK B
SHEET 4 LEFT FRONT
6110/PNK A WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
C435-1
6000/PNK C408 25 6000/PNK 6120/PNK A RIGHT FRONT
2760/BLK B WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130/PNK A
RIGHT FRONT
2705/BLK B WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
FRONT
WORK
LIGHTS C603
SHEET 4
2610/BLK 2
1330/RED/WHT 30 C103 A 6310/PNK RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340/PNK 6310/PNK 6320/PNK 1
TAIL LIGHT
2105/BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045/BLK 6330/PNK 1
6320/PNK 2640/BLK 2 LEFT REAR
J1A 5 SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
6330/PNK
J1A 31
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 11 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
HVAC
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
C630
7021/WHT 7020/WHT C408 34 7020/WHT B
J1A 11
7023/WHT 2570/BLK C
3320/LBL A
THERMOSTAT
C350
B C483
7024/WHT A EVAPORATOR 2560/BLK C BLK
(AC PRESS SWITCH) POTENTIOMETER
1980/RNG/WHT A DBL
C486 7220/WHT B WHT (TEMP CONTROL
C355 A 7024/WHT SWITCH)
7025/WHT 1
2 MAGNET CLUTCH C635
(COMPRESSOR)
2290/BLK 2280/BLK D SIG
SHEET 13
D4 2130/BLK C GND HEATER
1900/RNG/WHT 1910/RNG/WHT A 12V VALVE
SW10 B
BLOWER E
HVAC SWITCH F
1140/RED/WHT 30 OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500/RNG/WHT C408 21 1500/RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030/BLK 85 86 4
SHEET 3 6 C611
2005/BLK
SHEET 6 3 1970/RNG/WHT A 14.00 Amps High
1790/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 1520/RNG/WHT B 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
1815/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 7320/WHT C 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
8020/TAN
J1A 21 2580/BLK D
2745/BLK 2745/BLK
SHEET 4
7040/WHT
C408 22
SW11
AC SWITCH
1 C
2100/BLK
3
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 12 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
OPTIONS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
SW5
POWER
BOBTACH
SWITCH C408 9
C408 26 1 7000/WHT OR 4480/LGN 7000/WHT OR 4480/LGN
C411 1410/RED/WHT 1410/RED/WHT 1380/RED/WHT 2
C408 15 SHEET 3
B 6010/PNK 6010/PNK 1430/RED/WHT 3 C408 10
1200/RED/WHT 4 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN
C 6550/PNK 5
LEFT C408 36 SHEET 8 D1 X T3 6
HANDLE A 6515/PNK 6500/PNK 6500/PNK 6530/PNK FLASHER CONN
5 PIN E 6540/PNK L BEACON
C408 29 D2 SWITCH PWR BOB CLOSE
D 6415/PNK 6400/PNK 6400/PNK 6430/PNK 6570/PNK
C607
6450/PNK 2725/BLK 6 C355 E
SHEET 8 SW3 5 A 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN/WHT
1 4
C103 E HAZARD SWITCH 2 C670 STROBE B 2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK/BLK 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6410/PNK 3 1 2
(PINS 3 & 6 6700/PNK E BEACON 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6510/PNK 4 3 2290/BLK SHEET 4
INTERNALLY SHEET 12 C355 B
5 2850/BLK 2420/BLK D
INSULATED) 6
C103 D C
LEFT C606
A
BLINKER B 2775/BLK OR 2480/BLK
F
2780/BLK C408 30 2780/BLK A 7000/WHT C355 F
SHEET 4 B
6440/PNK
6540/PNK RIGHT PWR BOB OPEN
BLINKER
SW6
BUCKET
POSITION
C408 13 1550/RNG/WHT SWITCH
1550/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
3 2
7022/WHT 1
C126
SHEET 4 SHEET 4 4
C412 2785/BLK B 2830/BLK 5
B 7210/WHT C408 38 7210/WHT A 6 C423
LEFT HANDLE C408 35 D3
2 PIN A 1460/RED/WHT 7022/WHT 7030/WHT A
SHEET 3
2741/BLK 2740/BLK B
SHEET 4
C497
7200/WHT C
J2A 5 SJC
6420/PNK A HORN/BLINKER
J2A 4
6520/PNK B
J2A 3
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
Sheet 13 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
ACS
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
J1-ACS
H 2280/BLK
2670/BLK See manual controls for harness
2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK
2240/BLK
connection
HANDLE TILT
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170/RED/WHT HALL SENSOR C409
C492 K A
G 2250/BLK 8 J3-ACS HANDLE
G B
7 B 1190/RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 4450/LGN 2 C 1180/RED/WHT H
4220/LGN 5 J SKI CTRL
4275/LGN 3 C429 LIFT ACTUATOR E DETENT
9240/PUR 1 D 4690/LGN 8 F FLOW
9140/PUR/WHT 4 7 C TWO SPD
1740/RNG/WHT 6 6 D
F 4680/LGN 5 PWM
B
C493 J 2260/BLK 4
A 4 H 2270/BLK 1 GND C410
E 3 4670/LGN 2 SIG
2 K
D 1530/RNG/WHT 3 PWR
1 D
B FLOAT
C
C428 TILT ACTUATOR
C472 B SKI CTRL
K 4790/LGN 8
J2-ACS G
2650/BLK B B GND 7 SIDE
F
F 4650/LGN C C SIG HANDLE LIFT 6 SHIFT
A
1510/RNG/WHT A A PWR HALL SENSOR A 4780/LGN 5
J
4
H A
1630/RNG/WHT 3 PWR HANDLE
E B
4770/LGN 2 SIG LOCK
H 2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK 1 GND
C411
E
C467 E
A 2 C
B 4280/LGN 1 A
C 2510/BLK 3 LIFT D TURN SIGNAL
D SOLENOID B
C468
2 C412
C469 G 4260/LGN 4270/LGN 1 B
2750/BLK B B GND E 4220/LGN 2500/BLK 3 TILT A HORN
SOLENOID
G 4750/LGN C C SIG HANDLE TILT
1610/RNG/WHT A A PWR HALL SENSOR
C471
1520/RNG/WHT 1 PWR
J 4660/LGN 3 SIG LIFT PEDAL Printable Version Click Here
2660/BLK 2 GND HALL SENSOR
C470
1620/RNG/WHT 1 PWR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
K 4760/LGN 3 SIG TILT PEDAL
2760/BLK 2 GND HALL SENSOR (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
1610/RNG/WHT
1510/RNG/WHT
1500/RNG/WHT
1530/RNG/WHT
1630/RNG/WHT
T650 (S/N A3P011001 - A3P012213)
4275/LGN
4220/LGN
(S/N A3P111001 - A3P111241)
4670/LGN
4770/LGN Sheet 14 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
J5 - DRIVE CONTROLLER C454 LIFT
C429 ACTUATOR
29 2510/BLK 2580/BLK 3 GND 4680/LGN 5
1540/RNG/WHT 1 PWR 6
LEFT SPEED
33 3020/LBL 2 SIG SENSOR 4690/LGN 8
34 3080/LBL 4 SIG 2630/BLK 1 GND
40 1640/RNG/WHT C453
4
1530/RNG/WHT 1 PWR 4670/LGN 2 SIG
2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK
2570/BLK 3 GND 7
23 3000/LBL 2 SIG
RIGHT SPEED 1610/RNG/WHT 3 PWR
SENSOR
24 3070/LBL 4 SIG
1500/RNG/WHT
C428 TILT ACTUATOR
2250/BLK
C536 1630/RNG/WHT 3 PWR SCHEMATIC INDEX
1810/RNG/WHT 2 C543 HARNESS, A22 PUMP 7169309 OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
4
2810/BLK 4 2810/BLK 1 GND POWER PAGE 3
4770/LGN 2 SIG
8 4720/LGN 3 4720/LGN 3 SIG RIGHT GROUND PAGE 4
6
1710/RNG/WHT 1 1770/RNG/WHT 2 PWR
SWASHPLATE CAN BUS PAGE 5
1 GND
ENGINE PAGE 6
C537
4780/LGN 5
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1820/RNG/WHT 2 C542 7
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
2860/BLK 4 2860/BLK 1 GND 4790/LGN 8
CABIN PAGE 9
7 4950/LGN 3 4950/LGN 3 LEFT
SIG MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
SWASHPLATE
1770/RNG/WHT 1 1770/RNG/WHT 2 PWR K LIGHTS PAGE 11
HVAC PAGE 12
J2-ACS
C501 C546 J
E OPTIONS PAGE 13
43 4260/LGN 1 4260/LGN 1
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE H ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
42 2660/BLK 2 2660/BLK 2
F SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
C547 G
C WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
44 4250/LGN 3 4250/LGN 1
RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE D GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
45 2650/BLK 4 2650/BLK 2 BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
B
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
C545 A
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
ACS CONTROLLER
31 4280/LGN 5 4280/LGN 1 GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
41 2680/BLK 6 2680/BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C544 G ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
J1-ACS
21 4270/LGN 7 4270/LGN 1 A LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
11 2670/BLK 8 2670/BLK 2 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
F
E ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
D COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
C474 HARNESS, OBW STOP LTS 7151696 C707 B COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
26 4210/LGN A 1730/RNG/WHT A H
6600/PNK B C C460
87 2730/BLK C
30 1 1830/RNG/WHT 1
C492
4210/LGN 85 86 2 2070/BLK 2
12 9190/PUR/WHT 8 BRAKE RIGHT
LIGHT 4 9660/PUR 4
22 9290/PUR 7 BRAKE LIGHT RELAY JOYSTICK
4 4550/LGN 2
K 3 9560/PUR/WHT 3
6 4220/LGN 5
16 4275/LGN 3 A
D C459
J3-ACS
9140/PUR/WHT 4
9240/PUR 1 F 1 1840/RNG/WHT +12V PWR 1
1740/RNG/WHT 6
MAINFRAME H
2 2080/BLK GND 2
50 1750/RNG/WHT HARNESS J LEFT
47 1250/RED/WHT C 4 9640/PUR CAN LOW 4
C493 JOYSTICK
48 1260/RED/WHT 1235/RED/WHT 2 B
3 9540/PUR/WHT CAN HIGH 3
27 2470/BLK 2235/BLK 3 E
28 2490/BLK 1170/RED/WHT 1 G
2240/BLK 4
Printable Version Click Here
-
Sheet 15 of 15
BACKUP
(CONNECTS TO BACKUP ALARM
ALARM C404 ON MFR (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
HARNESS)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C453 RIGHT QUAD A DRIVE 4 15
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C454 LEFT QUAD DRIVE 4 15 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C467 LIFT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C468 TILT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C469 TILT HANDLE 3 14 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3-5,7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C470 TILT PEDAL 3 14
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C471 LIFT PEDAL 3 14 J1-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 8 14, 15
C126 HORN 2 13 C472 LIFT HANDLE 3 14 J2-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C474 BRAKE LIGHT 1 15 J3-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER 50 15
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 8 3,5,9 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 4, 15 3,4 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C499 PTOL 4 8 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C501 A22 PUMP HARNESS 8 15
C408 CAB - MFR HARN CONNECTOR 48 3-5,8-9,11-13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C542 LEFT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C543 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C544 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C545 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C546 RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C418 FRONT ROD (MALE) 2 7 C547 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C419 FRONT BASE (FEMALE) 2 7 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C440 RF BASE 2 14 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12
C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 14, 15 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12
C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 14,15 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12
C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12
C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C667 DOOR 6 9
C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13
C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C676 RADIO 6 13
C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13
C441 TWO SPEED 2 13 C707 OBW STOP BRAKE LIGHT 3 15
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 2 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
1240/RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
C408 BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
1400/RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450/RED/WHT 17 1450/RED/WHT 1420/RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440/RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110/RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070/RED 1120/RED/WHT 1130/RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025/RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160/RED/WHT 1150/RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180/RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
100.0 Amps
BATT_CABLE FUSE 3 25 A 1
1270/RED 1170/RED/WHT LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
C493 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
FUSE 4 25 A POWER PAGE 3
1280/RED 1235/RED/WHT 2 (4 PIN)
GROUND PAGE 4
1010/RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190/RED 1165/RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040/RED 1490/RED/WHT 1410/RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460/RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A ACS PAGE 14
1290/RED 1370/RED/WHT
SHEET 9 SJC PAGE 15
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER
1050/RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350/RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060/RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310/RED 1360/RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030/RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320/RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
FUSE 10 20 A 1330/RED/WHT
1340/RED SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN 1620/RNG/WHT
1300/RED 1140/RED/WHT 1720/RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS SHEET)
1750/RNG/WHT 1940/RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
1760/RNG/WHT FUSE 2 25 A 1850/RNG/WHT 1780/RNG/WHT C489
SHEET 9 MFR ACCESSORY 1930/RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) SHEET 8
FUSE 3 15 A C499 RH PANEL PTOL
1550/RNG/WHT C408
SHEET 13 1775/RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660/RNG/WHT 1660/RNG/WHT 1590/RNG/WHT
43
SHEET 8
1530/RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570/RNG/WHT 1520/RNG/WHT 1950/RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560/RNG/WHT 22
1795/RNG/WHT 1730/RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FUSE 8 25 A
FRC1 1580/RNG/WHT
SHEET 9 1960/RNG/WHT
SWITCHED C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
POWER RELAY FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
1765/RNG/WHT 1815/RNG/WHT 1800/RNG/WHT
SHEET 6
1050/RED 30
87
J1A
GWY CTRLR 1790/RNG/WHT
C110 ALT EXCITATION
SHEET 12
WIRING SCHEMATIC
85 86 C408 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
SHEET 6
2055/BLK
2030/BLK
3380/LBL 4
CAB-MFR HARN (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
SHEET 12
1920/RNG/WHT 6 1920/RNG/WHT 1840/RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
C492 1830/RNG/WHT
1740/RNG/WHT 6
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK (S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 3 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
C493
2080/BLK
SHEET 5 SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
C449 LH JOYSTICK (4 PIN)
2070/BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK 3 2235/BLK
2920/BLK C408 4 2240/BLK
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN
C479 LH PANEL
2940/BLK 2950/BLK 32 2950/BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960/BLK 16 2510/BLK 2110/BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500/BLK
2250/BLK
SHEET 8 2765/BLK
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL SHEET 11
16 2540/BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS) T8
J2B 15 2745/BLK BATT GND
2550/BLK 2090/BLK SHEET 12
2930/BLK AUX CTRLR
SHEET 8 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2790/BLK
2830/BLK 2900/BLK 42 2900/BLK SHEET 9
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH SHEET 11 2105/BLK
2780/BLK
SHEET 8 2700/BLK FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY SHEET 13
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 2530/BLK 2000 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
SHEET 10
2785/BLK C409 RIGHT HANDLE 2730/BLK
SHEET 13 SHEET 9
C126 HORN C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
SHEET 10 2520/BLK
SHEET 7
2220/BRN 2230/BRN 17 WIRING SCHEMATIC
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER
SHEET 6
2180/BRN T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)
2140/BRN
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
SHEET 6
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER Sheet 4 of 15
2150/BRN
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
J1B C408
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN
8 9200/PUR 9270/PUR 9210/PUR 9280/PUR 9230/PUR 8 9230/PUR 9240/PUR 9250/PUR 9650/PUR 9630/PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100/PUR/WHT 9170/PUR/WHT 9110/PUR/WHT 9180/PUR/WHT 9130/PUR/WHT 7 9130/PUR/WHT 9140/PUR/WHT 9150/PUR/WHT 9550/PUR/WHT 9530/PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR C492 RESISTOR
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
C426 1 9260/PUR 4
9240/PUR C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD 9160/PUR/WHT 2
9140/PUR/WHT 4 ACS CTRLR RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500/PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600/PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090/LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 9290/PUR 7
1830/RNG/WHT 1
C 9190/PUR/WHT 8 SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730/RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER
DRIVE CTRLR
SHEET 4
2070/BLK
9560/PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165/RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660/PUR 4
2710/BLK G GROUND 9220/PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120/PUR/WHT 9 AUX CTRLR
1840/RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080/BLK
9540/PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640/PUR 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 5 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1
STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030/RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200/TAN TAN S M
B SHEET 3
3560/LBL B TAN R
85 86 8210/TAN 1015/RED
SHEET 12 2005/BLK C110
B S 1020/RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800/RNG/WHT SHEET 3
EXCITATION
2015/BLK
FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
RELAY 8500/TAN
1060/RED 30
SHEET 3 87
2016/BLK 85 86
2055/BLK
SHEET 3
6 8510/TAN
14 3420/LBL
3 8110/TAN
30 3410/LBL
7 8210/TAN
22 3560/LBL
C107
5140/YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140/LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140/BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405
2150/BRN B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150/LBL A SIG
SWITCH (NC)
C106
15
SHEET 4
3160/LBL
2160/BRN
A
B
SIG
GND
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR WIRING SCHEMATIC
(163 OHM)
J1B
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN
C406 Sheet 6 of 15
12 3180/LBL C 3180/LBL OR 3100 LBL A SIG
FUEL SENDER
SHEET 4
2180/BRN D 2180/BRN OR 3110 LBL B GND (30 - 270 OHM) (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET # C425
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1 B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4100/LGN 4200/LGN A 4200/LGN A SOLENOID
RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200/BLK C 2200/BLK B 9.8 OHM ADAPTER (SEE
1360/RED/WHT 30 SHEET 4
SHEET 3 3430/LBL 12 V ADDITIONAL
87
2025/BLK WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
SHEET 6 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADAPTER HARNESS 7165061
2035/BLK 4110/LGN
SHEET 11
C425
C108
2220/BRN B HYDRAULIC
GND
SHEET 4 TEMPERATURE
32 3220/LBL A SIG SENDER
500 - 3000 OHM
C112 (8 VOLT)
J1A 34 3320/LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320/BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4
C446
18 2910/BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010/LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410/BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410/LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190/BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190/LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190/YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200/LGN
19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR
Printable Version Click Here
C418
J2A
AUX CTRLR
18 2330/BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD
SOLENOID (MALE)
WIRING SCHEMATIC
4330/LGN 1 SIG
3.3 OHM PWM
C419
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
1 2 GND
2340/BRN
4340/LGN 1 SIG
FRONT BASE
SOLENOID (FEMALE) T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
3.3 OHM PWM
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
19 13 Sheet 7 of 15
J2B
AUX CTRLR (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE LEGEND
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15
T13
BUZZER (+)
1940/RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040/WHT OR 9320, PUR BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930/RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940/BLK 3
7040/WHT OR 9320, PUR 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
C408
2920/BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960/RNG/WHT 1440/RED/WHT 1 20 3030/LBL 1 3030/LBL OR 9380, PUR 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
* SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620/RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380/BRN 37 2380/BRN OR 9370, PUR 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400/LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500/LBL 8
4 SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
2700/BLK 2 3 3650/LBL 7 24 8130/TAN 4 8130/TAN OR 9360, PUR 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600/LBL OR 4500, LGN
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040/LBL 40 4
3040/LBL OR 9350, PUR RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610/LBL OR 9310, PUR 4 5 GWY CTRLR
SHEET 3 1775/RNG/WHT 6
1950/RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2930/BLK C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420/RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3620/LBL 12 2960/BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610/LBL OR 9310, PUR 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590/RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240/RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250/BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 8 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
CAB
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
SW4
*
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
H/ISO (SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785/RNG/WHT 2 1
SHEET 3 3
2060/BLK 5 6
SHEET 9
4
C492
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
SHEET 10 4230/LGN C408
(8 PIN) CAB-MFR HARN
SHEET 10 4240/LGN
5
3
4220/LGN
4275/LGN
4235/LGN 2
3
4235/LGN
4275/LGN
*POWER
C212
SOCKET
2 4550/LGN 5 4550/LGN 2795/BLK 1 GND
1375/RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
3620/LBL 3630/LBL 4
SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400/RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6
MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
C409
RIGHT HANDLE
(MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
J2A
2530/BLK K
SHEET 4
AUX CTRLR 4230/LGN G
SHEET 9
1520/RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940/LGN H
C404 31 4930/LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920/LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910/LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100/WHT C 7100/WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310/LGN C
BACK UP
4320/LGN D
2650/BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300/LGN B (8 VOLT)
T20 TERMINAL (-)
C410
21 17 18 23
LEFT HANDLE
J2B (MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670/BRN 3 GND 20 4640/LGN D
GWY CTRLR 4670/LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840/LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830/LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820/LGN G
C422 11 4810/LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680/BRN 3 GND 1530/RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680/LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 4240/LGN H
SHEET 9
2520/BLK E
SHEET 4
7 5
J1B
GWY CTRLR WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 10 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499
LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT PAGE 15
SJC C434-1
2735/BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
6100/PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
C408
37.00 Watts
CAB-MFR HARN
C434-2
2765/BLK 28 2765/BLK 2750/BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110/PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
C435-1
6000/PNK 25 6000/PNK 6120/PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760/BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130/PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705/BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
FRC1
FRONT WORK C103
LIGHTS RELAY TAILGATE HARN C603
2610/BLK 2 GND
1330/RED/WHT 30 SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340/PNK 6310/PNK A 6310/PNK 6320/PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2105/BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045/BLK 6330/PNK 1 SIG
2640/BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320/PNK
31 3460/LBL
J1A
17 6210/PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440/LBL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 11 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
HVAC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS
ACS
PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
2440/BLK *
C610
2
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
GND HVAC DUCT
7440/WHT 1 SIG FAN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
C483
2560/BLK * C BLK
7420/WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425/WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130/BLK C GND HEATER
7430/WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F
FRC1 C408
*BLOWER
SW10
* C630
3
THERMOSTAT
2290/BLK 2280/BLK
2 GND
MAGNET CLUTCH
(COMPRESSOR) WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 13
D4
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 12 of 15
(PRINTEDMARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
Printable Version Click Here
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED PARTIAL CONNECTOR
POWER PAGE 3
OPTIONS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15
C355
POWER
# C607
1 4470/LGN OR 7010, WHT
FUEL HARN
E
C408
10 CAB-MFR HARN 4470/LGN
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
SIG 4470/LGN
BOB-TACH
CLOSE GND 2 2470/OR 2770, BLK 2770/OR 2751, BLK B 2770/BLK
SHEET 4 4480/LGN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
SHEET 12 2290/BLK
#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
C606 BOBTACH
POWER 5 4
SIG 2 2480/OR 2775, BLK SWITCH 6
BOB-TACH 1 4480/LGN OR 7000, WHT 4480/LGN
GND F 9
OPEN
1380/RED/WHT
1410/RED/WHT 26 1410/RED/WHT 1200/RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010/PNK 15
1430/RED/WHT
6010/PNK L
* FLASHER CONN
C 3500/LBL
SHEET 8 D1
LEFT HANDLE A 6515/PNK 6500/PNK 36 6500/PNK 6530/PNK
*BEACON
SW2
6570/PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E 6540/PNK
5 PIN D2 SWITCH
D 6415/PNK 6400/PNK 29 6400/PNK 6430/PNK
3400/LBL 2725/BLK 6
C103
SHEET 8
*SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1
6700/PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
TAILGATE HARN
INTERNALLY 5 4 3
INSULATED)
2850/BLK
E 6410/PNK 6
EURO TAIL LIGHTS C670
(SEE ADDITIONAL D 6510/PNK * E
OPTIONS SHEET) 2780/BLK D
30 2780/BLK 2420/BLK BEACON/FLASHER
SHEET 4
6440/PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540/PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
1550/RNG/WHT 13 1550/RNG/WHT C OPTIONS SHEET)
C423
SHEET 3
LEFT +
C279
1 7820/WHT
* C676
3
A
3
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450/LGN D3 4455/LGN 35 4455/LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6 SPEAKER
-
2 7830/WHT 4
2830/BLK 5 POSITION C278 RADIO CONN
SOLENOID GND B 2450/BLK 2455/BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6 2 7810/WHT 6
RIGHT -
C126 SPEAKER 1 7800/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2785/BLK + 1885/RNG/WHT 1
C412 B GND SHEET 9 PWR
FRONT 2885/BLK 2
LEFT HANDLE B 7210/WHT 38 7210/WHT A SIG SHEET 9 GND
HORN
(HORN) A 1460/RED/WHT
2 PIN
SHEET 3 C277
* 1
2
C497 3
5 7200/WHT C SJC 4 PWR
SHEET 9 1510/RNG/WHT
HORN/BLINKER AIR RIDE
4 6420/PNK A 2210/BLK 5 GND
(SEE ADDITIONAL SHEET 9 SEAT
J2A 3 6520/PNK B OPTIONS SHEET) 6
AUX CTRLR
C415
26 2460/BRN B GND HIGH FLOW
A SIG SOLENOID
4460/LGN
7.5 OHM 12 V
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
27 2360/BRN
C437
2 GND TWO SPEED (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
4360/LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
J1A
GWY CTRLR
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
ADAPTER (SEE
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
C441
26 2350/BRN
4350/LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
TWO SPEED
SOLENOID
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET) (S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
5.1 OHM 12 V
Sheet 13 of 15
25 26
J1B (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
GWY CTRLR
ACS
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2
E
F
G
H
CAN LOW
GROUND
GROUND
E
F
G
H
J
TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT HANDLE
TILT HANDLE
LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT PEDAL
E
F
G
H
J
HANDLE ENABLE
LIFT MOTOR 1
PEDAL ENABLE
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROLS
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2
ACS HARNESS 7164144
J1-ACS
CONTROLLER
H 2280/BLK
2280/BLK
SEE MANUAL CONTROL
2240/BLK
PAGE FOR HARNESS CONN
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170/RED/WHT C409 C466
C492 C493 J3-ACS K A
4275/LGN
4220/LGN 5 4 2240/BLK CONTROLLER
G B HANDLE
4275/LGN 3 3 B 1190/RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 4550/LGN 2 2 C 1180/RED/WHT H
7 1 1170/RED/WHT E J SKI CTRL
4220/LGN
8 J 2260/BLK C467 E DETENT
E 9240/PUR 1 H 3 F FLOW
2270/BLK 2510/BLK
D 9140/PUR/WHT 4 G 4280/LGN 1 LIFT C TWO SPD
4260/LGN
B 1740/RNG/WHT 6 2 SOLENOID D
A 2250/YEL PWM
+5V 13 OHM B
G 2250/BRN 12V
C468
FOOT PEDAL LOCK
2 C410
3 K
2500/BLK
1 TILT D
4270/LGN FLOAT
SOLENOID C
B SKI CTRL
J2-ACS C472
CONTROLLER C429 G
2650/BRN B B GRD LIFT ACTUATOR SIDE
D 4610/LGN 8 F
F 4650/LGN C C SIG LIFT HANDLE SHIFT
7 A
5650/YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR
6 J
F 4600/LGN 5 H A
C469 HANDLE
4 E B
2750/BRN B B GND LOCK
G 4750/LGN C C SIG 5980/YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT HANDLE
5750/YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 2980/BRN 1 GND
3980/LBL 2 SIG
A C471
B 2660/BRN 2 GND C428 TILT ACTUATOR
C
J 3 SIG K 4645/LGN 8
4660/LGN LIFT PEDAL
D 1 +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 7
5660/YEL
2980/BRN
2990/BRN
6
C470 A 4645/LGN 5
2760/BRN 2 GND 4
K 4760/LGN 3 SIG 5990/YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT PEDAL
5760/YEL 1 HALL SENSOR 2990/BRN 1 GND
+5V PWR
5750/YEL 3990/LBL 2 SIG
5650/YEL 5980/YEL
2250/YEL 5990/YEL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
H
E
3980/LBL
3990/LBL
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 14 of 15
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682 Printable Version Click Here
ACS CONTROLLER J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS PIN FUNCTION
CONTROLS
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1 7 L SWASH PLATE ANGLE
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE 8 R SWASH PLATE ANGLE
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND 9 SPARE ANALOG 4
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND 10 SPARE ANALOG 5
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2 11 L FWD RETURN
12 CAN HIGH
13 LF ANGLE
HARNESS PART NUMBER LIFT 14 RF ANGLE
C429 ACTUATOR
SJC WHEEL 7159325 S630, S650 S730, S750, S770 15 LR ANGLE
4600/LGN 5
SJC TRACK 7159458 T630, T650, T730, T750, T770 16 H PAT LITE
J5 - DRIVE SUSP JSTK 7163706 S630, S650, S730, S750, S770, 4610/LGN
6
8 17 RR ANGLE
T630, T650, T730, T750, T770 18
CONTROLLER 2980/BRN 1
4
GND
19
L JOYSTICK X
L JOYSTICK Y
C454 3980/LBL 2 SIG 20 R JOYSTICK X
29 2890/BRN 2880/BRN 3 7
GND 21 L FWD DRIVE
5880/YEL 1 +5V PWR 5980/YEL 3 +5V PWR
LEFT SPEED 22 CAN LOW
33 3880/LBL 2 SIG SENSOR
C428 23 R QUAD A DRIVE
34 3885/LBL 4 SIG TILT ACTUATOR
5990/YEL 3 +5V PWR 24 R QUAD B DRIVE
40 5890/YEL C453 4 25 TWO SPEED 1
+5V
5970/YEL
5870/YEL 1 +5V PWR 3990/LBL 2 SIG 26 BRAKE LIGHT OUTPUT
2870/BRN 3 GND 6
23 3870/LBL 2 RIGHT SPEED 27 GROUND
SIG 2990/BRN 1 GND
SENSOR 28 GROUND
24 3875/LBL 4 SIG 4640/LGN 5
7 29 SENSOR GROUND
C536 A22 PUMP HARNESS (7169309 or 7188448) 30 SENSOR SUPPLY 2 +5V
2970/BRN
5810/YEL 2 C543 4650/LGN 8
2810/BRN OR BLK 4 2810/BRN or BLK 1 GND
31 L REV DRIVE
8 3810/LBL OR 4720/LGN 3 3810/LBL OR 4720/LGN 3 SIG 32 CAN SHIELD
1710/RNG/WHT 1 1710/RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR K 33 L QUAD A DRIVE
J 34 L QUAD B DRIVE
J2-ACS
C537 RIGHT
E
5860/YEL 2 C542 SWASHPLATE 35 SAFETY OUT
H
2860/BRN OR BLK/BRN 4 2860/BRN or BLK 1 GND 36 BACKUP ALARM
F
7 3860/LBL OR 4950/LGN 3 3860/LBL or 4950/LGN 3 SIG 37 R JOYSTICK Y
G
1770/RNG/WHT 1 1770/RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C 38 SPARE ANALOG 1
LEFT
C501 C546 SWASHPLATE D 39 SPARE PWM COIL 7
43 4260/LGN 1 4260/LGN 1 B 40 SENSOR SUPPLY 1 +5V
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE
42 2660/BRN OR BLK 2 2660/BRN or BLK 2 A
ACS CONTROLLER
41 L REV RETURN
42 R FWD RETURN
C547
44 4250/LGN 3 4250/LGN 1 A 43 R FWD DRIVE
RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE +5V 44 R REV DRIVE
45 2650/BRN OR BLK 4 2650/BRN or BLK 2 G
J1-ACS
F 45 R REV RETURN
C545 9240/PUR E 46 TWO SPEED 2
31 4280/LGN 5 4280/LGN 1
9140/PUR/WHT D 47 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
41 2680/BRN OR BLK 6 2680/BRN or BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
1760/RNG/WHT B 48 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
2280/BLK H
49 SPARE PWN COIL 6
C544 C
21 4270/LGN 7 4270/LGN 1 50 SWITCHED BATTERY
11 2670/BRN OR BLK 8 2670/BRN or BLK 2 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE
K
C460
TO SJC BRAKE A 1 1
C474 1830/RNG/WHT +12V PWR
HARNESS D 2 2
26 4210/LGN A C450 2070/BLK GND
J3-ACS
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS F RIGHT
RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 9660/PUR 4 CAN LO
SHEET)
2270/BLK H (CONNECTS TO JOYSTICK
2260/BLK J DLX CAB HARNESS)
3 3
C492 9560/PUR/WHT CAN HI
1180/RED/WHT C
12 9190/PUR/WHT 8
1190/RED/WHT B
22 9290/PUR 7 C459
E
4 4550/LGN 2 1 1840/RNG/WHT 1 +12V PWR
G
6 4220/LGN 5
C449 2 2080/BLK 2 GND
16 4275/LGN 3 LEFT JOYSTICK
9140/PUR/WHT 4
LEFT
(CONNECTS TO 4 9640/PUR 4 CAN LO
9240/PUR 1 DLX CAB HARNESS) JOYSTICK
50 1750/RNG/WHT 1740/RNG/WHT 6
MAINFRAME 3 9540/PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
HARNESS
27 2470/BLK C493
28 2490/BLK 2235/BLK 3
47 1250/RED/WHT 1235/RED/WHT 2
48 1260/RED/WHT 1170/RED/WHT 1
2240/BLK 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
1760/RNG/WHT
2280/BLK T650 (S/N A3P012214 AND ABOVE)
2270/BLK
2260/BLK (S/N A3P111242 AND ABOVE)
1180/RED/WHT
C404
1190/RED/WHT Sheet 15 of 15
36 7100/WHT A (CONNECTS TO BACKUP
B ALARM C404 ON MFR
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
HARNESS)
7197682 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A.
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SW7
C667 REAR
C129 WIPER
DOOR HARN C250 SENSOR SHOWN
A SWITCH C667
4 3630/LBL 1 SIG WITH DOOR OPEN
TO CAB B DOOR HARN C250 SENSOR SHOWN
1865/RNG/WHT 1 2
5 1400/RED/WHT 2 PWR DOOR SENSOR HARNESS 4 3630/LBL 1 SIG WITH DOOR OPEN
C 2820/BLK 3
TO DLX CAB 6 4 7230/WHT T6 1 5 1400/RED/WHT 2 PWR DOOR SENSOR
5 REAR
HARNESS 1 6 C251
3 WIPER
MOTOR 6 7330/WHT C PARK
2 1570/RNG/WHT
CAB E
7170531 SPECIAL APPS DOOR HARNESS HARNESS
7180207 REAR WIPER HARNESS
1 1850/RNG/WHT 3 7300/WHT A LOW
1 2 WIPER
3 7310/WHT 6 1860/RNG/WHT D SW PWR MOTOR
4 5
R2 SW8
C667 750 OHM RESISTOR FRONT WIPER
DOOR HARN C250
1W 5% 2 2840/BLK SWITCH B GND
5 1400/RED/WHT 1 1400/RED/WHT
1410/RED/WHT
SW8
7330/WHT
1570/RNG/WHT
C PARK
WIRING SCHEMATIC
E
FRONT WIPER
1 1850/RNG/WHT SWITCH
3 7300/WHT A LOW
(KIT AND OPTION HARNESS)
1 2 WIPER
3 7310/WHT 6
4 5
1860/RNG/WHT D SW PWR MOTOR ALL MODELS
2 2840/BLK 2850/BLK B GND
Sheet 1 of 4
7171105 FORESTRY DOOR HARNESS
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7195572
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR C425
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED TO B C427
BRAKE
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT MAINFRAME A 4200/LGN 1 SOLENOID
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT HARNESS C 2200/BLK 2 9.8 OHM
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK 12 V
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR C437 C428
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL TO
2 2360/BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN MAINFRAME MAKEUP SOLENOID
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL HARNESS 1 4360/LGN 1 SIG
8.8 OHM 12V
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS C441 C429
TO
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE) MAINFRAME 2 2350/BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET # HARNESS 1 4350/LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT 5.1 OHM 12 V
7110/WHT
BACK-UP ALARM
SWITCHES
C404
TO A 7100/WHT
MAINFRAME B 1720/RNG/WHT
HARNESS
7175017 BACK-UP ALARM HARNESS
C362 C414
A 4440/LGN 1 SIG
REAR BASE (M) C411 TO
B 2440/BLK 2 GND 7.5 OHM 12V MAINFRAME
WHITE TIE STRAP A C E B D HARNESS
C413 (5 WAY LH)
6000/PNK
C 4430/LGN 1 SIG
REAR ROD (F)
D 2430/BLK 2 GND 7.5 OHM 12V
BROWN TIE STRAP C497 6510/PNK
TO
MAINFRAME C416 B 6415/PNK 2780/BLK
HARNESS E 4450/LGN 1 SIG REAR ROD LOCK 86 85
6410/PNK
F 2450/BLK 2 GND 7.5 OHM 30
87
12 V TO A 6515/PNK 2790/BLK
YELLOW TIE STRAP MAINFRAME
C417 86 85
HARNESS
G 4480/LGN 1 SIG 30 6010/PNK 6020/PNK
REAR BASE LOCK 87
H 2480/BLK 2 GND
9.8 OHM
GREEN TIE STRAP 12 V C 7200/WHT 2770/BLK
86 85
7173271 REAR AUX HARNESS C412 30
TO 87
B 2785/BLK
MAINFRAME
HARNESS A 1420/RED/WHT
(2 WAY LH)
TO C489-1 C489-2
ADDITIONAL
MAINFRAME B B
2720/BLK 2740/BLK ACCESSORY
HARNESS
C414 A 1720/RNG A POWER
(ACCESSORY
4440/LGN 1 SIG CONNECTOR
REAR BASE POWER)
AUX CTRLR J2B PIN 5
2440/BRN 2 GND 7.5 OHM 12V 7151940 SJC/AWS/SCPA HRN/BLKR HARNESS
AUX CTRLR J2A PIN 2
WHITE TIE STRAP
C413
AUX CTRLR J2B PIN 7 4430/LGN 1 SIG
REAR ROD
2430/BRN 2 GND 7.5 OHM 12V Printable Version Click Here
AUX CTRLR J2A PIN 10
BROWN TIE STRAP
C416
TO
MAINFRAME
C489-1
J2B PIN 4
4450/LGN 1 SIG
REAR ROD LOCK
WIRING SCHEMATIC
B 2720/BLK 2450/BLK 2 GND
HARNESS 7.5 OHM
(ACCESSORY
POWER)
A 1780/RNG/WHT 2725/BLK YELLOW TIE STRAP
C417
12 V (KIT AND OPTION HARNESS)
C489-2 4480/LGN 1
ADDITIONAL
ACCESSORY A 2480/BLK 2
SIG
GND REAR BASE LOCK ALL MODELS
POWER B J2B PIN 6 9.8 OHM
CONNECTOR
GREEN TIE STRAP 12 V
Sheet 2 of 4
7191339 or 7201414 REAR AUX HARNESS (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
C800
6340/PNK A 6340/PNK REGISTRATION
2670/BLK B 2670/BLK (LICENSE PLATE)
LAMP
7153090 HARNESS LICENSE LIGHT
TO EURO
TAILGATE C603
HARNESS E Taillight Right
C103 F 7104670
D 6510/PNK 6510/PNK A BLU
C407-A C407-B 6610/PNK C RED
H 6200/PNK 6320/PNK A A 6430/PNK B YEL
B 2600/BLK 2610/BLK D BLK
BREAK CONNECTION
FOR ROADLIGHT KIT 2620/BLK -
6210/PNK +
Backup Alarm
6660294
WITH ROADLIGHT KIT: C 2650/BLK
7100/WHT -
TO ROADLIGHT KIT +
C602
HARNESS G 6600/PNK Taillight Left
E Printable Version Click Here
F 7104671
WITHOUT ROADLIGHT E 6410/PNK 6410/PNK A BLU
KIT: TO MAINFRAME
HARNESS
6620/PNK C RED WIRING SCHEMATIC
6330/PNK B YEL
F
2640/BLK D BLK
(KIT AND OPTION HARNESS)
2630/BLK
6210/PNK
-
+
ALL MODELS
A 6310/PNK 6310/PNK
Sheet 3 of 4
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7195572
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT F 1
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK E 3
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
7210/WHT A 6330/WHT 2
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN 2310/BLK B 2120/BLK 6
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL C 6120/LGN 5 Front Turn Light
7230/WHT
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
7270/WHT D 6340/RED 4
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
Position Light
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C407-B
TO EURO
6430/PNK
TAILGATE F F
HARNESS Relay1
Right Side Lights 6420/PNK A 7210/WHT E
2120/BLK B 2300/BLK E
ADDITIONAL
1510/RNG A
ACCESSORY 6330/PNK A 7210/WHT F
2210/BLK B POWER
6120/PNK C 7220/WHT 7240/WHT A
CONNECTOR
6340/PNK D 7250/WHT 7260/WHT B Rear Position Light
1730/RNG A 1520/RNG 1500/RNG A 6520/PNK E 7200/WHT C
C 2200/BLK B HARNESS F 2320/BLK D Brake Light
2730/BLK 2230/BLK
87
6600/PNK B 6500/PNK
30
87A
85 86
TO
SJC/AWS/SCPA A 6330/WHT 2
4210/LGN 1 7210/WHT
CONTROLS HARNESS
(1 PIN CONN) 7270/WHT D 6340/RED 4 Position Light
7175581 - SJC BRAKE HARNESS E 3
(ONLY FOR SJC OPTION) 7230/WHT C 6120/LGN 5
2310/BLK B 2120/BLK 6
F 1
H 6010/PNK 6320/PNK H
6530/PNK G
B 2000/BLK 2010/BLK B
D 6210/PNK 6230/PNK D
E 6110/PNK 6130/PNK E HARNESS WIRING SCHEMATIC
HARNESS F F
G (KIT AND OPTION HARNESS)
A 6000/PNK 6000/PNK A
C 7100/WHT 7100/WHT C ALL MODELS
Sheet 4 of 4
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
CONNECTIONS COMPONENTS
CONNECTOR - Harness - Used for GROUND - Frame - Used to
3500 A A 3500 connecting 2 harnesses together or a represent an component that is
C107
3520 C C 3520
3510 B B 3510
harness to a component. The internally grounded.
connector can vary from a single pin
to any number of pins (Example: 3 pin
connectors shown). The connector
LIGHT -
C107 pins can be numbered alphabetical
3500
A A
3500 (shown) or numerical (1, 2, 3 etc.).
C C
3520
B B
3520 The harness wires numbers are
3510 3510
called out next to the connector
(Example: 3500). SWITCH - Single Pole - Single Throw
(ON-OFF) Normally Open
The connector number is called out
next to the connector (Example:
C107). These connector numbers are
used for schematic identification only
and do not appear on the harness or
connector. SWITCH - Single Pole - Single Throw
(ON-OFF) Normally Closed.
COMPONENTS
HOLD PULL
15 ohm B
Dual solenoids. (The ohm rating of
I SWITCH - Ignition - Multi position 0.5 ohm A the solenoid coils are listed next to
B
switch to activate various start the component [if available]). The pull
ST functions at different positions. solenoid is energized for a short time.
START
HORN - Audible alarm. Sound is
RUN
O FF
activated manually by a switch.
87A 87 86 RELAY - Uses a low amp switch to MOTOR - Wiper - Single or multi
GRD
control a high amp component. PARK V speed motor.
30 85 M
HIGH
3
700 3
710 SPLICE (•) - Used to show when
3
110 multiple wires are connected together
on the schematic. HOURMETER - Records the time the
H
+ - engine is running.
SOLENOID - ON / OFF - Electrically
1 activated coil that controls movement
2 magnetically. (The ohm rating of the POWER PLUG - Supplies 12 volt
- +
7.7 ohm
solenoid coil is listed next to the power for customer supplied
component [if available]). accessories.
+
A
PRESSURE SENDER - Provides a
A variable voltage proportional to
C
- C pressure. (Sender voltage rating is
B
B
0.5 - 7.5 V listed to show volts at high and low
setting.)
B
PRESSURE SWITCH - Switch opens
A or closes at a predetermined
pressure to active a function or to turn
on a warning light. (Switch is shown
in the open position.)
C129 C479
C480 C434-1
C434-2
C482
T13
T2
C499
C503
SW1
C435-1
C435-2
C500
C408
C126
MS2824
C209
C499
T13
C482 T2
SW1
SW3
C500
C503 SW2
SW6
C435-1
C435-2
SW4
C667
C426
SW5
SW9
C611 C252
C630
C635
C126
C129 C253
C277 C279
C449 C483
C450 S3
T3
C278
C676
C212
MS2827
C426
C405
C103 C 350
408
T11 T6
T1
T8 C355
T10 T4
C101 C105
C110 C104
C362
T12 C107
FRC1
C486 C446
FC1
C108 FC2
C423 C362
C441 C489
C415 C497
J2A
C409 J2B
C419 J1A
C420 C410 J1B
C418 C404 C411
C421 C437 C412
C422
C425
C492
C493
MS2825
Description
Figure 60-10-1
P-13849
P-85472
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
most common. Many of the recommended procedures Instructions are necessary before operating or
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel servicing machine. Read and understand the
only. Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or service.
Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions
can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
PROBLEM CAUSE
Battery will not take a charge. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Alternator will not charge. 1, 2, 5
Starter will not turn the engine. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
Earlier Models
Figure 60-10-2
P-85411
Figure 60-10-3
P-85412
Later Models
Figure 60-10-4
P100416
The fuse / relay panels are located behind an access Line up the clips on the back of the access panel with the
panel near the left foot pedal / footrest. Pull the panel at slots provided and push the panel into place when
each end (Item 1) [Figure 60-10-4] to remove. finished [Figure 60-10-4]. A locating pin prevents the
panel from being installed upside down.
Figure 60-10-5
A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and
circuits affected by each fuse and relay. [Figure 60-10-7
on Page 11]
P100415
Figure 60-10-7
1 13 17 21 25
5 7 9 11
2 18 22 26
14
3 15 19 27
23
6 8 10 12
4 16 20 24 28
The location and amperage ratings are shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 60-10-7]. Relays are identified
by the letter “R” in the AMP column.
REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP
1 Alternator 15 11 Glow Plugs R 21 Bobcat Controller 25
Solenoid Testing
Figure 60-10-8
P9175
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
Open the rear door. Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks.
2 WARNING
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
1 SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Servicing
Figure 60-20-3
P-09589 P-09590
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable
(Item 4) first. Remove the cable from the positive terminal
If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the (Item 2) [Figure 60-20-4].
engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the
operator’s seat and one person to connect and
disconnect the battery cables.
Figure 60-20-4
2
4
3
P-85474
Belt Adjustment
1
The alternator belt is a special maintenance free type that
is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates the
need for a tensioning device and does not require
periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
replacement parts.
Belt Replacement
Figure 60-30-1
Remove the top alternator mounting bolt (Item 1) and
loosen the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2)
[Figure 60-30-3].
Figure 60-30-4
P-90472
Figure 60-30-2
1
1
P-90475
Check the fuse for the alternator in the fuse panel. If fuse
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH is burned, find the cause and repair / replace. If fuse is in
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on doubt, remove it and check for continuity.
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
Check the electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
water as needed. (Does not apply to maintenance free
batteries.)
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.
In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention Verify the charge of the battery. Make sure battery is fully
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 charged.
minutes.
Disconnect the battery cables (negative first, then
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities positive). Inspect the cable clamps and battery posts for
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get corrosion. Remove acid or corrosion from the battery and
prompt medical attention. cables with a sodium bicarbonate and water solution. Put
W-2065-0807 grease on the cable ends and battery terminals to
prevent corrosion. Reconnect the cable to the positive
terminal.
WARNING
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
• Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
I-2023-1285
Figure 60-30-5
P-85914
P-85916
Turn engine OFF and remove the L & S terminal
connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-6] from the alternator.
Open rear door.
Turn the remote start tool key to the ON position.
Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See
REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) Figure 60-30-7
Turn the engine on with the remote start tool and run at
idle. With a voltmeter, check the voltage between the B+
terminal and ground at the starter [Figure 60-30-5].
The voltage must be higher than 13.5 volts but lower than
14.7 volts at 21°C (70°F) (Alternator Temperature).
Figure 60-30-8
P-85917
1
IMPORTANT 2
Figure 60-30-9 Remove the belt shield mounting nuts and bolts (Item 1)
and remove the belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-11].
Figure 60-30-11
2
1
P-85914
2 4 7 13 14
3 12
2
P-85611
10 11
5
Remove the top alternator mounting bolt (Item 1) and the 9
bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 60-30- 8
12].
18
17
16
15 C-3529B
Figure 60-40-1 2
3
Bat
S
M
1
Cranking 3
Motor
P-85857
A-1992
Open the rear door.
The key switch must be in the OFF position.
Disconnect the negative (-) cable from the battery.
The battery must be at full charge.
Disconnect the wires and positive (+) cable (Item 1)
The cable connections on the battery must be clean and [Figure 60-40-3] from the starter solenoid.
tight.
Installation: Tighten the nut to 14,7 - 16,7 N•m (10.8 -
Connect a jumper wire between S terminal and BAT 12.3 ft-lb) torque.
terminal [Figure 60-40-1].
Disconnect the wire connector (Item 2) [Figure 60-40-3]
If the starter turns but does not turn the engine, the from the two solenoid wires.
starter drive has a defect.
Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure 60-40-
Figure 60-40-2 3].
Cranking
Motor
A-1991
Parts Identification
15
12 37
16
14
17 20
19 18
14
6
29
1 4
3
28
2
27
24. Yoke
35 25. Holder
26. Bracket
27. Ring
22 26
28. Bolt
29. Bolt
23 25 30. Switch
31. Seal
23 32. Bolt
33. Washer
34. Nut
35. Boot
24
36. Bracket
37. Bearing
B-19824
Left Panel
Figure 60-50-1
2 3 12
7
1
16
4 13
6 8 9 11
10 15
5 14
17 20
18 19
21 22
23
P-90726B
The left instrument panel [Figure 60-50-1] is the same The table on the facing page shows the DESCRIPTION
for Standard Key Panel, Keyless Start Panel and Deluxe and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the
Instrumentation Panel equipped machines. components of the left panel.
Display Screen
• Operating hours.
• Engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
• Speed management setting.
• Maintenance clock countdown.
• Battery voltage.
• Service codes.
• Engine preheat countdown.
• Steering drift compensation setting.
• Drive response setting.
Figure 60-50-2
3 4 5 6 7
P-76461A
1. Data Display
2. Hourmeter
3. Speed Management
4. Engine Preheat
7. Service
Figure 60-50-3
FUNCTION /
REF. DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
ADVANCED Press the top to select
CONTROL SYSTEM Hand Controls; bottom
(ACS) (Option) to select Foot
Controls.
Figure 60-50-4
FUNCTION /
REF. DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
ADVANCED Press the top to select
CONTROL SYSTEM Hand Controls; bottom
(ACS) (Option) to select Foot
1 Controls.
5
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn
6 FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) 6. STOP Button: Used to stop the engine and shut
down the loader’s electrical system.
Figure 60-50-5
7. RUN Button: Used to turn on the loader’s electrical
system.
1
The switch location (Item 8) [Figure 60-50-5] can have
different functions depending on machine configuration.
2 See the following table for more information.
3 FUNCTION /
REF. DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
ADVANCED Press the top to select
CONTROL SYSTEM Hand Controls; bottom
(ACS) (Option) to select Foot
Controls.
4
5
6
SELECTABLE Press the top to select
7 JOYSTICK ‘ISO’ Control Pattern;
CONTROLS (SJC) bottom to select ‘H’
(Option) Control Pattern.
1. Keypad (1 through 0): The keypad has two ROTATING Press the top to turn
functions: BEACON (Option) light ON; bottom to
or turn OFF.
- To enter a number code (password) to allow starting STROBE LIGHT
the engine. (Option)
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d) Use the numbers on the keypad to enter the password.
Then Press the [ENTER] button a symbol will appear on
Figure 60-50-6 the display screen for each number entered [Figure 60-
50-6]. The left scroll button can be used to backspace if
an incorrect number is entered.
NA3017
The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as
shown in [Figure 60-50-6].
Change Language:
Figure 60-50-7
P-85320
P-85319
This machine may be equipped with a Right Switch Panel
[Figure 60-50-8].
This machine may be equipped with a Left Switch Panel
[Figure 60-50-7].
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION 1 POWER Press and hold the up arrow to
NO.
BOB-TACH disengage the Bob-Tach
1 FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn lights ON; (Option) wedges. Press and hold the
FLASHER bottom to turn OFF. down arrow to engage the
LIGHTS (Option) Bob-Tach wedges into the
2 ROTATING Press the top to turn light ON; attachment mounting frame
BEACON (Option) bottom to turn OFF. holes.
or 2 NOT USED ---
STROBE LIGHT
(Option)
3 HYDRAULIC Press the top to engage
BUCKET Hydraulic Bucket Positioning;
POSITIONING bottom to disengage.
(Option)
1 1
1 1 2
2
P-85929
P-85928
1 P-85931
P-85930
Figure 60-50-13
3
3
1
1 1
1
2
2 P-90527
P-90819A
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) and the fastener
(Item 2) [Figure 60-50-15].
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) and the fastener
(Item 2) [Figure 60-50-13]. Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the instrument
panel mounting bolts to prevent stripping of the threaded
Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the instrument holes in the panels. Tighten the panel screws to 3 - 4
panel mounting bolts to prevent stripping of the threaded N•m (25 - 35 in-lb) torque.
holes in the panels. Tighten the panel screws to 3 - 4
N•m (25 - 35 in-lb) torque. NOTE: Inspect and replace the seal as needed (Item
3) [Figure 60-50-15].
NOTE: Inspect and replace the seal as needed (Item
3) [Figure 60-50-13]. Figure 60-50-16
Figure 60-50-14
P-90530
P-90818A
Pull the right instrument panel down and disconnect the
wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-16].
Pull the right instrument panel down and disconnect the
wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-14]. Remove the panel from the loader cab.
Key Switch Disassembly And Assembly Remove the left instrument panel. (See Left Panel
Removal And Installation on Page 60-50-9.)
Remove the right instrument panel. (See INSTRUMENT
PANELS on Page 60-50-1.) Figure 60-50-18
Figure 60-50-17
2
P-85947
Left Switch Panel Removal And Installation Remove the right panel. (See Right Panel (Standard Key
Panel) Removal And Installation on Page 60-50-9.)
Remove the left panel. (See Left Panel Removal And
Installation on Page 60-50-9.) Figure 60-50-21
Figure 60-50-19
1 2
1
P-85943
1
P-85945
Remove the two fasteners (Item 1) and the knob (item 2)
[Figure 60-50-21].
Remove the two fasteners (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-19].
Figure 60-50-22
Figure 60-50-20
1 1
P-85944
P-85946
Figure 60-60-1
1
P-85436
1
Figure 60-60-4
P-85433
Figure 60-60-2
P-85435
P-85434
Figure 60-60-5
1 2
P-85274
P-85438
Remove the screws (Items 1) [Figure 60-60-7] from the
cab light.
Remove the bulb assembly (Items 1 and 2) from the light
housing (Item 3) [Figure 60-60-5] by turning bulb NOTE: Do not pull the cab light to far away from the
assembly a 1/4 turn. headliner to prevent damage to the wires.
P-85437 P-85783
Using care press the rear light and housing from the door Disconnect the cab light (Item 1) [Figure 60-60-8].
[Figure 60-60-6].
Description
Connector Identification
Gateway Controller
1 1
34 26
J1A J1B
9 7 5 3 7 5 3
1 1
17 10 13 8
25 18 19 14
34 32 28 26 26 25 21 20
P-76622
J1A J1B P-76623
P-76624
J1A
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 2410 BLACK HYD LOCK VALVE SOLENOID GROUND
2 2380 BLACK LIFT SPOOL SOLENOID GROUND
3 8110 TAN FUEL RELAY SIGNAL
4 8000 TAN SWITCHED POWER RELAY SIGNAL
5 6320 PINK MRKR LIGHT PWR RELAY SIGNAL
6 8510 TAN GLOW PLUG RELAY SIGNAL
7 8210 TAN STARTER RELAY SIGNAL
8 4110 LGN TRACTION LOCK RELAY SIGNAL
9 OPEN NA NA
10 2370 BLACK TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID GROUND
11 7023 WHITE AC SIGNAL MONITOR
12 OPEN NA NA
13 4150 LGN TRACTION LOCK RELAY FEEDBACK
14 8550 TAN GLOW PLUG RELAY FEEDBACK
15 3600 LBL ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
16 3700 LBL AIR FILTER SENDER SIGNAL
17 6210 PINK REAR LIGHT RELAY SIGNAL
18 2910 BLACK HYDRAULIC FAN GROUND
19 9370 PURPLE PTOL LED
20 9380 PURPLE PTOL SWITCH
21 8020 TAN SWITCHED POWER RELAY FEEDBACK
22 8250 TAN STARTER RELAY FEEDBACK
23 3440 LBL HYD FAN DIFF PRESS SWITCH SIGNAL
24 9360 PURPLE START ENGINE
25 3520 LBL ENGINE OIL PRESS SENDER POWER
26 2350 BLACK TWO SPEED GROUND
27 2360 BLACK TWO SPEED MAKEUP GROUND
28 6230 PINK REAR LIGHT RELAY FEEDBACK
29 OPEN NA NA
30 8150 TAN FUEL RELAY FEEDBACK
31 6330 PINK MRKR LIGHT PWR RELAY FEEDBACK
32 3300 LBL HYD TEMP SIGNAL
33 OPEN NA NA
34 3430 LBL HYD FILTER DIFF PRESS
J1B
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 3420 LBL HYD CHARGE PRESS SENDER SIGNAL
2 1110 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
3 1130 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
4 8800 TAN FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID HOLD
5 4380 LGN LIFT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID SIGNAL
6 4200 LGN TRACTION SOLENOID OUTPUT
7 4370 LGN TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID SIGNAL
8 9210 PUR/WHT CAN LO 0
9 9110 PUR/WHT CAN HI 0
10 OPEN NA NA
11 3920 LBL SEATBAR SENSOR SIGNAL
12 3100 LBL FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
13 4410 LGN HYD LOCK SOLENOID SIGNAL
14 9500 PUR/WHT CAN HIGH 1
15 2500 BLACK COMPUTER GROUND
16 2510 BLACK COMPUTER GROUND
17 3010 LBL SENSOR GROUND
18 3200 LBL ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SIGNAL
19 4010 LGN HYDRAULIC FAN SIGNAL
20 9600 PURPLE CAN LOW 1
21 9800 PURPLE REMOTE ATTACHMENT SIGNAL
22 9350 PURPLE RUN / ENTER
23 3400 LBL HYDRAULIC CHARGE PRESSURE
24 3930 LBL +5V SUPPLY
25 4360 LGN TWO SPEED MAKEUP
26 4350 LGN TWO SPEED SIGNAL
Connector Identification
Auxiliary Controller
1 1
34 26
J2A J2B
9 7 5 3 7 5 3
1 1
17 10 13 8
25 18 19 14
34 32 28 26 26 25 21 20
P-76647
J2A J2B P-76646
P-76645
J2A
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 2340 BLACK FRONT BASE SOLENOID GROUND
2 2440 BLACK JEM BLOCK REAR BASE SOLENOID GROUND
3 6520 PINK LEFT BLINKER SIGNAL
4 6420 PINK RIGHT BLINKER SIGNAL
5 7200 WHITE HORN SIGNAL
6 OPEN NA NA
7 OPEN NA NA
8 OPEN NA NA
9 OPEN NA NA
10 2430 BLACK JEM BLOCK REAR ROD SOLENOID GROUND
11 4810 LGN LEFT HANDLE PADDLE RIGHT
12 4820 LGN LEFT HANDLE PADDLE LEFT
13 4910 LGN RIGHT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER UP
14 OPEN NA NA
15 OPEN NA NA
16 OPEN NA NA
17 OPEN NA NA
18 2330 BLACK FRONT ROD SOLENOID GROUND
19 OPEN NA NA
20 4640 LGN FLOAT SIGNAL
21 OPEN NA NA
22 4830 LGN LEFT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER DOWN
23 OPEN NA NA
24 OPEN NA NA
25 OPEN NA NA
26 2460 BLACK HIGH FLOW SOLENOID GROUND
27 OPEN NA NA
28 4840 LGN LEFT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER UP
29 OPEN NA NA
30 4940 LGN RIGHT HANDLE LEFT ROCKER UP
31 4930 LGN RIGHT HANDLE LEFT ROCKER DOWN
32 OPEN NA NA
33 OPEN NA NA
34 OPEN NA NA
J2B
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 OPEN NA NA
2 1180 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
3 1150 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
4 4450 LGN DIVERTER SOLENOID SIGNAL
5 4440 LGN REAR BASE SIGNAL
6 4480 LGN FRONT / REAR AUXILIARY SIGNAL
7 4430 LGN REAR ROD SIGNAL
8 9220 PURPLE CAN LO 0
9 9120 PUR/WHT CAN HI 0
10 OPEN NA NA
11 OPEN NA NA
12 OPEN NA NA
13 4340 LGN FRONT BASE SOLENOID SIGNAL
14 OPEN NA NA
15 2550 BLACK AUXILIARY CONTROLLER GROUND
16 2540 BLACK AUXILIARY CONTROLLER GROUND
17 4310 LBL RIGHT HANDLE PWM LOW
18 4320 LBL RIGHT HANDLE PWM SIGNAL
19 4330 LGN FRONT ROD SOLENOID SIGNAL
20 OPEN NA NA
21 4920 LGN RIGHT HANDLE TRIGGER RETURN
22 1560 RNG SWITCHED INPUT POWER
23 4300 LGN RIGHT HANDLE PWM HIGH
24 OPEN NA NA
25 OPEN NA NA
26 4460 LGN HIGH FLOW SOLENOID SIGNAL
Figure 60-70-3
1
5
5
2
P-85900
Unplug the two harness connectors (Item 2) [Figure 60- On later machines the Gateway controller (Item 3) and
70-1] from the Auxiliary controller. Auxiliary controller (Item 4) [Figure 60-70-3] are located
under the cab on the left inner frame.
NOTE: The connectors are keyed and will only plug
in one way. Unplug the two harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure 60-
70-3] from the Gateway controller. Unplug the two
harness connectors (Item 2) [Figure 60-70-3] from the
Auxiliary controller.
Remove the controller mounting bolts (Item 5) [Figure
60-70-3] from the left fender.
Remove the Gateway (Item 3) and Auxiliary (Item 4)
[Figure 60-70-3] controller from the loader.
Tighten the controller mounting bolts to 16 - 19 N•m (12 -
14 ft lb) torque.
Description
G H
J J1 J3
F K
E A
D B
J3 C H
G
F J
K J2
F E
G D A
E H B
C
A J2
B
D
J1
C
J3
J1 J2
P-21843
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 60-71-1
P-85903
Figure 60-71-2
P-85902
The drive controller is located behind the right side The hydrostatic drive pump is a Rexroth A22 unit. It has
access panel near the operator’s right foot. two electromagnetic coils on each of the two pumps to
control the drive of the loader. The coils will direct the
The drive controller monitors the position of the left forward and reverse outputs of the pump to the drive
joystick, pump swash plate angles and the output of the motors. The Rexroth pump is equipped with position
wheel speed sensors. sensors mounted to the bottom of the swash plates to
provide feedback to the controllers to sense
The drive controller works along with the ACS controller uncommanded swash plate movement.
and communicates with the main Bobcat controller in an
SJC system. All these controllers are capable of software
upgrades.
RIGHT
HAND DRIVE HYDRAULIC
PANEL CONTROL MOTOR
ACS
CONTROL SPEED
LIFT / TILT SENSOR
ACTUATORS
GEAR ENGINE
INTERNAL CAN BUS
PUMP
SERIAL TT BUS
RIGHT
JOYSTICK
FWD / REV
ISO SWASH PLATE
SWITCH LEFT
JOYSTICK SENSORS
AUXILIARY DRIVE
CONTROL PUMP
LEFT SPEED
HAND SENSOR
PANEL
ACD HYDRAULIC
EXTERNAL CONTROL MOTOR
CAN BUS
GATEWAY
CONTROL
NA1208
Connector Identification
P-64295
P-64296
Figure 60-72-1
1
1
P-64325
1
Installation: Note the keyed hole in the controller socket.
(Item 1) [Figure 60-72-3]. The keyed hole matches a tab
on the connector on the wire harness.
P-85879
Figure 60-72-4
Figure 60-72-2
J S
P-64325
P-64324
Description
Testing
Figure 60-80-1 1
2
P-85924
Figure 60-80-3
2 P-48741
Figure 60-80-6
P-85927
Figure 60-80-4
1
P-48742
Figure 60-80-7 1
2 P-26294
With a thin screwdriver lift the tabs and remove the wires
P-85924 from the connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-9].
Wire Code
Remove the zip tie (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-7] from the
wiring harness. 1 Red
2 White
Disconnect the speed sensor harness (Item 2) [Figure 3 Black
60-80-7] from the loader harness. 4 Blue
Figure 60-80-8
P-26293
Figure 60-90-2
Press a scroll button
2 (Item 1) repeatedly until
the Active Warnings
screen icon (Inset) is
highlighted.
1 1
The ACTIVE WARNINGS
screen displays active
1 service codes. Press [9]
P-76455G
to view the next service
code if more than one is
present. Press [4] to
Press the INFORMATION button (Item 1) to cycle the display a history of
DATA DISPLAY (Item 2) [Figure 60-90-1] until the service codes.
service code screen is displayed. If more than one
SERVICE CODE is present, the codes will scroll on the The WARNINGS
DATA DISPLAY. HISTORY screen will list
the Service Code
NOTE: Corroded or loose grounds can cause Number (CODE),
Hourmeter reading when
multiple service codes and / or abnormal the error occurred
symptoms. All instrument panel lights (HOUR), and the User
flashing, alarm sounding, headlights and (USER) who was logged
taillights flashing, could indicate a bad in to operate the machine
ground. The same symptoms could apply if when the error occurred.
the voltage is low, such as loose or corroded Press [9] to view the next eight Service Codes.
battery cables. If you observe these
symptoms, check grounds and positive leads A total of 40 Codes can be stored. When more than 40
first. codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the
newest code will be in the number 1 position.
Service Codes may be either a word (Item 1) or a number [DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt
(Item 2) [Figure 60-90-3]. functions will not operate.)
Description
Figure 60-100-1
1 2 3
4
3
P-85413C
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting guide is provided for Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
assistance in locating and correcting BICS™ system or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be adjustments can cause injury or death.
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM SOLUTION#
All indicator lights flashing. 5
One of the indicator lights flashing. 1
Intermittent indicator lights. 2, 3, 4
SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS
1. Refer to BICS™ troubleshooting chart.
2. Check wire connections on Bobcat controller to make sure connectors are locked into place.
3. Check pins in connectors for pins pushed back or bent.
4. Use seatbar sensor tester MEL1428 to isolate problem between sensor and controller and wiring.
5. Possible low or high voltage.
PROBLEM SOLUTION #
Indicator light does not turn OFF when seat bar is lowered. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS
1. Check sensor wire connection.
2. Use the BICS™ sensor tester MEL1428 with seat bar adapter MEL1567 to check sensor and controller.
3. Check for loose hardware.
4. Check keyed bushing to make sure magnet collar rotates with seat bar.
5. Check magnet collar magnets for contamination such as metal particles.
Testing
Figure 60-110-1
1
P-4698
Figure 60-110-4
Use Sensor Tester (MEL1428) and seat bar sensor
adapter (MEL1567) for the following procedure:
Figure 60-110-2
P-4699
Raise the seat bar. The Sensor Test light (Item 1) [Figure
60-110-4] should go off.
If the above test fails, there is a problem with the seat bar
P-85925 sensor or with the sensor harness.
Turn the key to the ON position. DO NOT START THE If the above test passes, run the seat bar sensor BICS™
ENGINE. circuit test. (See Bobcat Interlock Control System
(BICS™) Circuit Test on Page 60-110-6.)
The toggle switch (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-3] can be in
either the Absent or Present position.
1 2
P100745
P100742
P100743
P100759
1
4
P100748
Figure 60-110-9
5
3
4 1
6 1 2
P100749
Figure 60-110-12
1
2
P100751 3
P100759
Reinstall the clevis pin (Item 1), and retaining pin (Item 2)
[Figure 60-110-12].
Loosen the clevis bolt (Item 3) until the end of the bolt is
flush with the clevis, then tighten the clevis bolt three full
turns to set proper tension of the compression spring.
IMPORTANT
Be careful to not overtighten the sensor mounting
bolt and nut to prevent breakage of the sensor.
I-2088-1095
Figure 60-110-13
3
1
P-4703
Figure 60-110-15
P-85413
Figure 60-110-16
P-4699
Description
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS™ system Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. adjustments can cause injury or death.
W-2004-1285
PROBLEM SOLUTION #
Brake stays engaged. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,11
Intermittent activation of brake. 8, 9, 10,11
SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS
1. Make sure brake switch is not engaged.
2. Check the display for an error code.
3. If all lights indicate the brake should be released, but it doesn’t, check the brake 30 amp fuse.
4. When checking fuse, also check other fuses. Check the fuse block for correct orientation and location of fuses.
(See ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION on Page 60-10-1.)
5. To test the solenoid, the coil should be about 9.8 ohm.
6. Check brake solenoid wiring voltage, solenoid wiring should read 12 volts.
7. Check the brake solenoid mounting nut for correct torque.
8. Check wire connections for loose connector body.
9. Check for loose or bent pins in connectors.
10. Check for loose spade connectors in fuse holder.
11. Check the flywheel rpm sensor and wiring.
Inspecting
Figure 60-120-1
P-85923
1
Check the wire connections at the engine speed sensor
P-85413 (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-2].
Description
Troubleshooting
The Advanced Control System (ACS) has a built-in diagnostic function to indicate the condition of the ACS controller. The
ACS controller continually monitors the lift handle sensor, lift actuator, tilt handle sensor, and the tilt actuator. The controller
also records alarm condition(s) as service code(s).
To see what error occurred. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)
Figure 60-130-1
1
3
2
1 P13733
1 1
1 1
P13725
P13725 P13732
Figure 60-130-4
3 1
2
P13735
2 1
Figure 60-130-7
NOTE: Switch handle can be removed and installed
while in loader.
P13725 P13732
P13725 P13732
Figure 60-130-8
1
1
3 1
2
P-90994
1
Disconnect the left switch handle connectors (Item 1)
P13735 [Figure 60-130-10] from the loader wiring harness
connectors.
Use a pointed tool, press down on the tab (Item 1) Figure 60-130-11
[Figure 60-130-8] and pull the wire from the connector.
Figure 60-130-9
2 2
1
N-22783
P-90995 Roll the pistol grip handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-
11] down.
Disconnect the right switch handle connectors (Item 1) Using a small screwdriver, lift the handle tabs (Item 2)
[Figure 60-130-9] from the loader wiring harness [Figure 60-130-11] and slightly rotate the switch handle.
connectors.
Figure 60-130-12
2
Tape back 1/2 of Wires Tape 1/2 of Wires
P-24233
P-21699
N-22784
When installing the new switch handle, tape the wire
terminals together.
Pull the switch handle and wiring harness assembly (Item
1) [Figure 60-130-12] from the control lever. The switch handle comes with a 152,4 mm (6 in) piece of
heat shrink tube side on the end of the wires. Remove
Cut the wires (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-12] below the the heat shrink tube from the end of the wires before
switch handle and remove switch handle. routing through handle and control lever tube.
NOTE: Only cut the wires if the switch handle is bad NOTE: Leave all the other heat shrink tube on the
and needs replacement. If the switch handle is wires for protection.
good and just needs to be removed for control
handle or lever replacement, then remove the Tape half of the wires back and half forward [Figure 60-
connectors on the end of the harness and pull 130-14] to keep the harness small enough to route
switch handle up out of lever tube. through the control lever tube.
Figure 60-130-13
P-90996
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
P-21700 C-Terminal - Purple/White
Figure 60-130-17
3 1
2
1 P13735
Figure 60-130-20
1
1
1
3
P-90994 2
Figure 60-130-21
N-17741
Connect the handle harness connectors to the sensor Lift And Tilt Actuator
and lock solenoid connectors [Figure 60-130-21]. 1. Terminal-Black/Green-Larger diameter wire (16
gauge)
Actuator Connector Disassembly And Assembly 2. Terminal-Green-Larger diameter wire (16 gauge)
3. Terminal-Red/Green-Larger diameter wire (16
NOTE: Actuator shown removed for clarity. Not gauge)
necessary for procedure. 4. Terminal-Open
5. Terminal-Red-Smaller diameter wire (18 gauge)
Figure 60-130-22 6. Terminal-Open
7. Terminal-Open
8. Terminal-Black-Smaller diameter wire (18 gauge)
1
P-66842
Figure 60-130-24
1
2
1 P-21878A
P-21836
Remove solenoid (Item 1) from the solenoid mount (Item
2) [Figure 60-130-26].
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-
130-24] from the handle sensor connector. Installation: Apply a drop of oil to the solenoid threads
and tighten solenoid to 47 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60-
130-24] from the handle lock solenoid connector. Figure 60-130-27
Figure 60-130-25
P-21789
1
P-21832
Check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-27] for
damage. Replace as necessary.
Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-25]
holding the handle lock solenoid to the handle.
Figure 60-130-28
2‘
1
1
1 P-90980
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and the foot sensor (Item
P-90979 2) [Figure 60-130-30].
Figure 60-130-29
P-90982
Figure 60-130-31
1 1
P-90992
1
P-24269
Disconnect the wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-33]
from the foot sensor shield lock solenoid.
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-31] from
the end of the foot sensor. Remove foot lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-33].
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 10,2 N•m (90 in-lb) Installation: Apply a drop of oil on the solenoid threads
torque. Apply Loctite® #242 to the threads. and tighten the solenoid to 47 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb)
torque.
Figure 60-130-32
Figure 60-130-34
5
4
3 1
2
1 P-24270
P-21790
Remove the boot retainer (Item 1), boot (Item 2), spool
stop plate (Item 3) and O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 60-130- Check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-34] for
32]. damage. Replace as necessary.
Identification Chart
1 2 3 10 11 12
5
6
7 8
13
9
4
B-15781F / NA1014A / B-15781E
Description
Group 0 = No Jumpers
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Identification Chart
1 2 3 11 12 13
6
8 9
4
14
5 10
B-15781D / NA1164A / B-15781E
Description
Group 0 = No Jumpers
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 2 3,5,6 2 3,5,6 K,A,D
5 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,A,C
6 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,E
7 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,F
8 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,G
3
14 9 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,H
10, 11, - -- -- K No Jumpers
P-90898 12, 13, P-90899
P-90900 14 P-90900A
RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option.
HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option.
RH / HFH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics and High
Flow Hydraulics Option.
3
Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.
6 4
NOTE: For diagnostics and troubleshooting connect
the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP 2
1
COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.) 7
5
The ACD (Attachment Control Device)
automatically recognizes the use of the seven
or fourteen pin connector when connected.
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 1 1 1 1 K,M,D
5 1 1 1 1 K,M,C
6 1 1 1 1 K,M,E
7 1 1 1 1 K,M,F
8 1 1 1 1 K,M,G
3
14 9 1 1 1 1 K,M,H
10, 11, - -- -- K Jumpers K,L
P-90898 12, 13, P-90899
P-90900 14 P-90900A
RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option.
HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option.
RH / HFH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics and High
Flow Hydraulics Option.
3
Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.
6 4
NOTE: For diagnostics and troubleshooting connect
the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP 2
1
COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.) 7
5
The ACD (Attachment Control Device)
automatically recognizes the use of the seven
or fourteen pin connector when connected.
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 2 2 2 2 K,A
5 1 1 1,7 1,7 K,A
6 - - - - K,E
7 - - - - K,F
8 - - - - K,G
3
14 9 - - - - K,H
10, 11, - -- -- K Jumpers K,P
P-90898 12, 13, P-90899
P-90900 14 P-90900A
RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option.
HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option.
RH / HFH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics and High
Flow Hydraulics Option.
3
Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.
6 4
NOTE: For diagnostics and troubleshooting connect
the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP 2
1
COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.) 7
5
The ACD (Attachment Control Device)
automatically recognizes the use of the seven
or fourteen pin connector when connected.
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 - - K connector)
of loader.
4 - - - - K,A,D
5 - - - - K,A,C
6 - - - - K,E
7 - - - - K,F
8 - - - - K,G
3
14 9 - - - - K,H
10, 11, - -- -- K Jumpers C,D
P-90898 12, 13, P-90899
P-90900 14 P-90900A
RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option.
HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option.
RH / HFH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics and High
Flow Hydraulics Option.
3
Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.
6 4
NOTE: For diagnostics and troubleshooting connect
the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP 2
1
COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.) 7
5
The ACD (Attachment Control Device)
automatically recognizes the use of the seven
or fourteen pin connector when connected.
Identification Chart
1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
9
10
11
18
6 7 19
12
B-19873A / NA1165A / B-19874A
Description
Group 0 = No Jumpers
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
12
5
7 2 2 2 2 2 K from front 9 11
(pin side of
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 1 1 1 1 K,M,D
5 1 1 1 1 K,M,C
6 1 1 1 1 K,M,E
7 1 1 1 1 K,M,F
14 8 1 1 1 1 K,M,G
3
9 1 1 1 1 K,M,H
10, 11, - -- -- K Jumpers K,L
P-24820A 12, 13, P-24802A
P-28316A 14 P-28316A
RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option.
HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option.
RH / HFH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics and High
Flow Hydraulics Option.
3
Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.
6 4
NOTE: For diagnostics and troubleshooting connect
the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP 2
1
COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.) 7
5
The ACD (Attachment Control Device)
automatically recognizes the use of the seven
or fourteen pin connector when connected.
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Figure 60-150-1
1 2
2
3
1
P-76450
P16119
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure: Order from Bobcat Parts P/N: 7003031 - Remote Start
Tool (Service Tool) Kit
MEL1563 - Remote Start Tool Kit
MEL1566 - Service Tool Harness Communicator Kit Includes:
(Computer Interface)
NOTE: Make all connections with the key in the OFF 7003030 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool)
position. 6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness
6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness
The Service PC (Item 1) with the Remote Start Tool (Item 6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness
2) [Figure 60-150-1]. When connected to the loader, the NOTE: Make all connections with the key in the OFF
Service PC is used to monitor, conduct diagnostics, and position.
upgrade software.
The Service PC (Item 1) with the Remote Start Tool
Connect the Service Tool Harness Communicator (Service Tool) (Item 2) [Figure 60-150-2]. When
(MEL1566) (Item 3) [Figure 60-150-1] to the designated connected to the loader, the Service PC is used to
serial port on the Service PC. monitor, conduct diagnostics, and upgrade software.
NOTE: The recommended serial cable length should Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Computer
not exceed 4,6 m (15 ft). A serial cable longer Service Tool Harness (Item 3) [Figure 60-150-2] to the
than 4,6 m (15 ft) will create a degraded signal designated serial port on the Service PC.
causing communication errors.
NOTE: The recommended serial cable length should
Connect the other end to the connector on the Remote not exceed 4,6 m (15 ft). A serial cable longer
Start Tool. than 4,6 m (15 ft) will create a degraded signal
causing communication errors.
Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See
REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) Connect the other end to the connector on the Remote
Start Tool (Service Tool).
NOTE: Refer to BobcatNET for PC requirements and
the latest Service Analyzer software. Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) to the
loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL)
KIT - 7003031 on Page 10-61-1.)
The Lift and Tilt Calibration (ACS) provides set points to [Figure 60-160-1] Excessive actuator loading can occur
the ACS controller to actuate the lift and tilt valve. The Lift if the actuator and valve spool components are
and Tilt Calibration (ACS) should be used if reduced misaligned. Misalignment may reduce spool stroke
performance codes are present or when replacing a performance and reduce the life of the actuator. Starting
controller or actuator. with software version 36, the Bobcat Service Analyzer
will be able to perform tests to diagnose actuator and
The Lift and Tilt Calibration (SJC) provides set points to valve spool misalignment.
the ACS controller to actuate the lift and tilt valve. The Lift
and Tilt Calibration (SJC) should be used if reduced Connect the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP
performance codes are present or when replacing a COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.)
controller or actuator.
If a Service PC is not available, (See Lift And Tilt
The Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) provides set Calibration (SJC) on Page 60-160-4.) or (See Lift And Tilt
points to the Drive controller to actuate the hydrostatic Calibration (ACS) on Page 60-160-11.).
controller that directs flow to a servo piston. Hydrostatic
Pump Calibration (SJC) should be performed when a NOTE: Warm the hydraulic oil to room temperature
desired travel path cannot be attained or replacing the 22°C (72°F), stop the engine and clear all
hydrostatic pump, hydrostatic motor, or controller. After active service codes before running the test.
Performing a Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC),
Steering Drift Compensation can be used to fine tune the Once the test is initiated, an automatic calibration
hydrostatic pump control. sequence will start. When calibration is complete, the test
will be performed and the results can be viewed on the
For more information on Steering Drift Compensation Service PC (Laptop) monitor.
(See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 60-
161-1.)
• Actuator out of neutral. The spool did not return to the • Contamination in the spool.
neutral window during the test.
• The spool end cap may be defective or the centering
NOTE: A time out will occur if the test cannot be spring may be broken. Inspect the end cap and the
completed within 8 seconds. If this happens, centering spring, replace if necessary.
retry the test.
• The wire harness or connectors may have an
Figure 60-160-2 intermittent short. Check the connections and wire
Run Actuator Test harnesses.
Pass Fail
Loosen Actuator
Pass Fail
Column 1 Column 2
Probable Cause Probable Cause
• Misaligned Assembly • Actuator
• Pin • End Cap / Center Spring
• Contamination in Spool • Wire Harness
• Controller
• Contamination in Spool
SJC
P-85307
Figure 60-160-5
P-85413C
P-85493A
Figure 60-160-6 NOTE: During the calibration cycle, the system will
beep three times. Once the calibration is
SJC complete, code W3224 (Calibration
Performed) will be generated.
P-85307
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286 P-85493A
1
1
P-85307
P-85307
Figure 60-160-11
B-19873
P-85960
Figure 60-160-14
Move the left joystick to the forward-left corner position
[Figure 60-160-11] and hold in position.
Figure 60-160-12
P-85413C
1
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item
P-85413C 1) [Figure 60-160-14] while holding the left joystick in
position.
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item Three audible beeps will sound.
1) [Figure 60-160-12] while holding the left joystick in
position.
Figure 60-160-15
P-85307
Allow the left joystick to go to the neutral position [Figure Figure 60-160-18
60-160-15].
Figure 60-160-16
P-85760A
1
1 2
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-64321
P-85307B 1
Figure 60-160-26
P-85413C
Calibration is complete.
Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat
equipped machines. bar is lowered, the engine is started and the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
Description pressed to activate the BICS™.
Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce Perform pre-starting and starting procedures:
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in both
forward and reverse directions. 1. Fasten seat belt.
Examples of applications where this feature can be used: 2. Lower seat bar.
• To compensate for normal variations such as tire 3. Place joysticks in neutral position.
inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear and track
wear. 4. Start the engine.
• Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
planers and silt fence installers.
6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly
• Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road in the data display.
surfaces.
NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control
Figure 60-161-1 mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to
disengage from steering drift compensation.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION The last displayed setting will remain in effect
until the machine is turned OFF.
B-23580D
Figure 60-161-3
2
1
NA1011
3 4 5
P-76461L 2
P-76461N
P-76461M
1
NA1011
Left Joystick Right Joystick
3 4
P-76461K
P-76461O
6 7
Description
1
2
P-85922
Figure 60-170-2
P-85921
Turn the rpm sensor and the jam nut out from the
flywheel. Set a clearance of 1,27 mm (0.050 in) between
the jam nut and the housing with a feeler gauge (Item 1)
[Figure 60-170-2].
1 1
Select [2. LANGUAGES].
ICON DESCRIPTION
DATE / TIME
USER / HOURMETER
P-90385 / NA3025 / NA3012 / NA3023
ENTER button
More Examples
Clocks
Select …
DISPLAY screen icon
[1. CLOCKS]
SET ALARM
Select [3. ALARM CLOCK]
Select alarm 1, 2 or 3.
Press [1] to cycle between ON and OFF.
Press [2] and use the keypad to enter alarm time.
Select AM / PM / 24hr.
Press ENTER to continue.
Press [3] to cycle between ONCE, DAILY and
WEEKLY.
Selecting WEEKLY will prompt for a day selection
using number [4].
Press ENTER to continue.
Select …
VITALS screen icon
Press [6] to cycle between METRIC or ENGLISH (M /
E) readouts.
Master Password:
Select [1. USER
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the SETTINGS].
factory which cannot be changed. This password is
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known; or to change the owner
password.
Owner Password:
Select [1. OWNER].
Allows for full use of the loader and to setup the
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel. There is only one
owner password. It must be used to change the owner
or user passwords. Owner should change the
password as soon as possible for security of the
loader.
Select [2. CHANGE
User Password: PASSWORD].
Press [ENTER].
P-90399/NA3025/NA3016/NA3031/NA3033/NA3028/NA3015/NA3027
Select user.
Press [ENTER].
P-90399/NA3025/NA3016/NA3031/NA3033/NA3026/NA3010/NA3027
Password Description This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
feature so that a password does not need to be used
Master Password: every time the engine is started.
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Press the RUN button to turn on the loaders electrical
factory which cannot be changed. This password is system.
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known; or to change the owner Enter the five digit owner password using the number
password. keys (1 through 0).
P-90805
Enter a new five digit password using the number keys (1 The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel display screen will show [CODE].
screen for each key press.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN]. keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
then the lock key red light will become solid.
Enter the new five digit password again.
You must now enter the password every time to start the
The lock key red light will become solid. loader.
The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next Figure 60-200-3
service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The Maintenance
Clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.
Figure 60-200-1
1
1
3 NA3040
P-76461R
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel, if equipped, will
display a bar (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-3] showing time
During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound remaining until next service. This bar will turn red when
when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned service is past due. NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE will
maintenance. change to MAINTENANCE PAST DUE and display the
number of hours past due.
The remaining hours before maintenance is required will
appear in the data display (Item 1) for five seconds while Keys [4] and [9] can be used to adjust the service
the service icon (Item 3) and hourmeter icon (Item 2) interval when the owner is logged in [Figure 60-200-3].
[Figure 60-200-1] flash.
NOTE: Loaders equipped with a Standard Key Panel
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after or Keyless Start Panel will not display the
counting down to zero. BobCARE PMSM message or NEXT
MAINTENANCE TYPE on the right panel.
The display will then revert back to the previous display
and will appear for five seconds every time the machine
is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
Figure 60-200-2
NA3034
Setup
Figure 60-200-4
P-76110
P-64243A
Figure 60-200-5
1
1
P-76113
Click Options (Item 1) and add your dealer name and NOTE: Verify that all correct option and kits are
phone number (Item 2). Click Save Options (Item 3) selected before clicking SEND TO MACHINE.
[Figure 60-200-5] the information is now stored.
Setup (Cont’d)
Figure 60-200-8
P-76112
1
Click the right arrow (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-10] to scroll
P-76114 through the tabs.
Figure 60-200-11
A green COMPLETE (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-8]
message will be displayed when the dealer information
has been transferred to the machine controller. 1
P-76111
Setup (Cont’d)
Figure 60-200-12
1
2
P-76110
Figure 60-200-15
The current maintenance clock Length (Interval) and
Time Reset will be displayed (Item 1). This screen will 1
also store the most recent 20 entries of history. Once an
entry is added, it cannot be changed. If an entry is made
and the interval is not correct, make another entry and
click SET / RESET (Item 2) [Figure 60-200-12].
P-76111
Reset
Figure 60-200-16
P-76455H
Description
Inspecting
Figure 60-210-1
2
P100042A
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake.
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 10-30-2.)
PROBLEM CAUSE
Back-up alarm will not sound when the operator moves both steering levers into the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
reverse position.
Back-up alarm sounds when steering levers in neutral / forward position. 2, 6, 7
PROBLEM CAUSE
Back-up alarm will not sound when the operator moves joystick(s) into the reverse 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
position.
Back-up alarm sounds when joystick(s) in neutral / forward position. 5, 6
Alarm Removal And Installation NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have
back-up alarm switches.
Stop the engine and open the rear door.
Standard Controls and ACS (If Equipped)
Figure 60-210-5
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 10-30-2.)
2 Figure 60-210-6
P-85280
1
Remove the alarm and bracket from the loader. Place the steering levers in the neutral position.
Figure 60-220-1
1
1
1
P-90886
1
P-90885 P-90901
Figure 60-220-2
2
3
1 3
P-90903 P-90902
Remove the front horn and bracket from the loader (Item
3) [Figure 60-220-2].
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) S/N A3P011522 & BELOW AND S/N A3P111118 &
BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-21-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-21-1
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-21-2
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) S/N A3P011523 & ABOVE AND S/N A3P111119 & ABOVE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-22-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-22-1
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-22-2
MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-30-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-30-1
TURBOCHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-110-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-110-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-110-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-110-2
Description
Figure 70-10-1
P-85028
Specifications
Valve Springs
Free Length (Intake and Exhaust) 35,1 - 35,6 mm (1.39 - 1.40 in)
Allowable Limit 34,6 mm (1.36 in)
Fitted Length (Intake and Exhaust) 31,5 mm (1.24 in)
Setting Load / Setting Length (Intake and Exhaust) 63,5 N / 31,5 mm (14.3 lb / 1.24 in)
Allowable Limit 45,9 N / 31,5 mm (10.3 lb / 1.24 in)
Tilt Allowable Limit (Intake and Exhaust) 1,0 mm (0.039 in)
Valve Timing
Intake Valve (Open) 14 degrees B.T.D.C.
(Close) 40 degrees A.B.D.C.
Exhaust Valve (Open) 50 degrees B.B.D.C.
(Close) 14 degrees A.T.D.C.
Rocker Arms
O.D. of Rocker Arm Shaft 14,973 - 14,984 mm (0.58949 - 0.58992 in)
I.D. of Rocker Arm Bushings 15,000 - 15,018 mm (0.59056 - 0.59125 in)
Oil Clearance Between Rocker Arm And Bushing 0,016 - 0,045 mm (0.00063 - 0.0017 in)
Allowable Limit 0,15 mm (0.0059 in)
Camshaft
Journal O.D. 1 34.934 - 34,950 mm (1.3754 - 1.3759 in)
Bearing I.D. 1 35,0 - 35,025 mm (1.3780 - 1.3789 in)
Journal O.D. 2 43,934 - 43,950 mm (1.7297 - 1.7303 in)
Bearing I.D. 2 44,000 - 44,025 mm (1.7323 - 1.7332 in)
Oil Clearance 0,050 - 0,091 mm (0.002 - 0.0035 in)
Allowable Limit 0,15 mm (0.0059 in)
Alignment Allowable Limit 0,01 mm (0.0004 in)
Cam Lobe Height (Intake) 37,50 mm (1.476 in)
Allowable Limit (Intake) 37,00 mm (1.457 in)
Cam Lobe Height (Exhaust) 37,90 mm (1.492 in)
Allowable Limit (Exhaust) 37,40 mm (1.472 in)
Side Clearance Allowable Limit 0,10 mm (0.0039 in)
Tappet
Oil Clearance Between Tappet And Guide 0,020 - 0,050 mm (0.0079 - 0.0019 in)
Allowable Limit 0,07 mm (0.003 in)
Tappet O.D. 9,965 - 9,980 mm (0.3924 - 0.3929 in)
Tappet Guide I.D. 10,000 - 10,015 mm (0.39370 - 0.39429 in)
Specifications (Cont’d)
Cylinder Liner
Cylinder Bore I.D. 94,000 - 94,022 mm (3.7008 - 3.7016 in)
Allowable Limit 87,15 mm (3.431 in)
Oversized Cylinder Liner (Bore) I.D. 94,500 - 94,522 mm (3.7205 - 3.7213 in)
Allowable Limit 94,65 mm (3.726 in)
Piston Rings
Ring Gap (Top Ring) 0,25 - 0,40 mm (0.0099 - 0.015 in)
Allowable Limit 1,25 mm (0.0492 in)
Ring Gap (2nd Ring) 0,30 - 0,45 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in)
Allowable Limit 1,25 mm (0.0492 in)
Ring Gap (Oil Ring) 0,25 - 0,45 mm (0.0099 - 0.017 in)
Allowable Limit 1,25 mm (0.0492 in)
Side Clearance of Ring Groove:
Top Ring 0,050 - 0,090 mm (0.0020 - 0.0035 in)
Allowable Limit 0,15 mm (0.0059 in)
Second Ring 0,090 - 0,12 mm (0.0035 - 0.0047 in)
Allowable Limit 0,0079 mm (0.20 in)
Oil Ring 0,020 - 0,060 mm (0.00079 - 0.0023 in)
Allowable Limit 0,15 mm (0.0059 in)
Pistons
Piston Pin Bore 28,000 - 28,013 mm (1.1024 - 1.1028 in)
Allowable Limit 28,05 mm (0.0059 in)
Connecting Rod
Piston Pin O.D. 28,006 - 28,011 mm (1.1026 - 1.1027 in)
Small End Bushing I.D. 28,031 - 28,046 mm (1.1036 - 1.1041 in)
Oil Clearance Between Piston Pin And Small End Bushing 0,020 - 0,040 mm (0.00079 - 0.0015 in)
Allowable Limit 0,15 mm (0.0059 in)
Connecting Rod Alignment Allowable Limit 0,05 mm (0.002 in)
Oil Pump
Oil Pressure Rated RPM 193,1 - 186,2 kPa (1,9 - 3,9 bar) (28 - 57 psi)
Allowable Limit 144,8 kPa (1,4 bar) (21 psi)
Idle Speed Allowable Limit 48,3 kPa (0,48 bar) (7 psi)
Clearance Between Inner Rotor And Outer Rotor 0,030 - 0,090 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in)
Clearance Between Outer Rotor And Pump Body 0,100 - 0,184 mm (0.00394 - 0.00724 in)
End Clearance Between Inner Rotor And Cover 0,025 - 0,075 mm (0.00099 - 0.0029 in)
Specifications (Cont’d)
Crankshaft
Crankshaft Alignment Limit Permitted 0,02 mm (0.0008 in)
Oil Clearance Between Journal And Bearing 0,030 - 0,073 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
Limit Permitted 0,020 mm (0.0079 in)
Journal O.D. 79,977 - 79,990 mm (3.1487 - 3.1492 in)
Oil Clearance Between Crank Pin And Bearing 0,017 - 0,048 mm (0.00067 - 0.0018 in)
Limit Permitted 0,20 mm (0.0079 in)
Crank Pin O.D. 49,980 - 49,991 mm (1.9678 - 1.9681 in)
Crank Pin I.D. (Blue) 53,010 - 53,020 mm (2.0870 - 2.0874 in)
Crank Pin I.D. (No Color) 53,000 - 53,010 mm (2.0867 - 2.0870 in)
Crankshaft Side Clearance 0,15 - 0,35 mm (0.0059 - 0.013 in)
Limit Permitted 0,50 mm (0.020 in)
Timing Gear
Timing Gear Backlash:
Crank Gear-Cam Gear 0,0410 - 0,139 mm (0.00162 - 0.00547 in)
Allowable Limit 0,22 mm (0.0087 in)
Idle Gear-Cam Gear 0,0410 - 0,134 mm (0.00162 - 0.00527 in)
Allowable Limit 0,22 mm (0.0087 in)
Idle Gear-Injection Pump Gear 0,0410 - 0,134 mm (0.00162 - 0.00527 in)
Allowable Limit 0,22 mm (0.0087 in)
Oil Clearance Between Idle Gear Shaft And Idle Gear Bushing: 0,050 - 0,091 mm (0.0020 - 0.0035) in
Idle Gear Bushing I.D. 35,025 - 35,050 mm (1.3790 - 1.3799 in)
Idle Gear Shaft O.D. 34,959 - 34,975 mm (1.3764 - 1.3769 in)
Idle Gear Side Clearance 0,15 - 0,25 mm (0.0059 - 0.0098 in)
Allowable Limit 0,90 mm (0.035 in)
Thermostat
Valve Opening Temperature 74,5 - 78,5°C (166.1 - 173°F)
Valve Fully Open 90°C (194°F)
Torque Values
Troubleshooting
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most
common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM CAUSE
Slow cranking speed. 1, 2, 3, 54
Engine will not start. 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 27, 28, 29
Difficult to start. 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29,54
No power for engine. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29
Engine is mis-firing. 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28
Too much fuel consumption. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
Black exhaust. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
Blue / white exhaust. 4, 10, 15, 16, 17, 21, 23, 27, 29, 30, 50
Low oil pressure. 4, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 52
Engine knocking. 13, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 40, 41, 53
Engine running rough. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 40, 53
Vibration. 12, 13, 17, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 40, 42, 43
High oil pressure warning. 4, 33, 36
Overheating. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 21, 40, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 51
Too much crankcase pressure. 22, 27, 29, 30, 40, 49
Poor compression. 10, 16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 41, 53
Start and stop. 9, 10, 11
Troubleshooting (Cont’d)
DANGER
1
2
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic P-90575
1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment 2
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
2 3
3
4
1
4
P-85857
5
Disconnect flywheel rpm sensor (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-
P-85849 6].
P-85854
P-85853
Figure 70-10-8
P-85894
Figure 70-10-9
1
P-85892
2 3
1
1
1
P-85909
Figure 70-10-15
P-85897 1
1
P-85907
Figure 70-10-16 1
1 P-85911
Figure 70-10-17
P-85910
Remove rear engine mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70- Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 135 N•m (100
10-17]. ft-lb) torque.
Figure 70-10-20
P-85912
Figure 70-10-22
P-76872
Tighten the all bolts and nuts that hold the engine
removal attachment onto the engine.
Figure 70-10-23
P-85918
Figure 70-10-24
P-85919
7 Engine
1
Mount
2
Snubbing Spacer
3 Washer
4
Loader
Frame P-90300
8
5
Install the new engine mount as shown in the cut away
P-85989 side view [Figure 70-10-27].
Replace all three engine mounts one rear and two sides. 5 2
Washer - (Item 2)
Figure 70-10-28
Washer
Engine
Mounting 1
Bracket
Engine
Mount
Snubbing
Washer
Spacer P-85940
Loader
Frame P-85987
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Install the new engine mount as shown in the cut away
side view [Figure 70-10-27]. MEL10630 - Engine Compression Kit
MEL1655 - Compression Adapter
Tighten the mounting bolts to 135 N•m (100 ft-lb) torque. MEL1712 - Push Button Starter Switch
P100685
Figure 70-10-32
P-85941
P100352
Figure 70-10-33
P-85939
Figure 70-20-1
1 2
P-85791
P-85789
Remove the nut (Item 1) and remove the two conical
washers (Item 2) [Figure 70-20-3].
Remove the two nuts (Item 1) [Figure 70-20-1].
Remove the handle (Item 3) [Figure 70-20-3].
Figure 70-20-2
Installation: Install the two conical washers with the
concave surfaces facing each other (Item 2) [Figure 70-
20-3].
Figure 70-20-4
P-85790
Figure 70-20-5
P-85801
Figure 70-20-8
1
P-85806
P-85804
Figure 70-21-1 1
2
1
P-90735
Figure 70-21-2
2
2
P-90754
1
2 Loosen the engine speed control cable u-bolt nuts (Item
1) and remove the engine speed control cables from the
ball pivots (Item 2) [Figure 70-21-4].
2 1
3 P-90769
1 Remove the nut (Item 1) and pivot bolt (Item 2) from the
engine speed control hand bracket assembly (Item 3)
P-90756 [Figure 70-21-7].
Figure 70-21-6
P-90767
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-6] from the NOTE: No lubrication is necessary or recommended
engine speed control hand assembly. on the engine speed control.
Figure 70-21-9
P-90773
Figure 70-21-10
P-90771
Figure 70-22-1 1
2
1
P-90735
Figure 70-22-2 2
P100359
1
2 Loosen the engine speed control cable u-bolt nuts (Item
1) and remove the engine speed control cables from the
ball pivots (Item 2) [Figure 70-22-4].
Figure 70-22-5
3
2 1
2 5
3 P100381
Figure 70-22-6
P100380
P-90755
The pivot assemblies shown disassembled [Figure 70-
22-8].
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-22-6] from the
engine speed control hand assembly. NOTE: No lubrication is necessary or recommended
on the engine speed control.
Figure 70-22-9
P100375
Figure 70-22-10
P100376
Figure 70-30-1
2
1
1 1
3 3
P-85843
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille and side
panels. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-60-1.)
Figure 70-40-1
1
1
2
P-85694
P-85689 Loosen the hose clamp (Item 2) and disconnect the hose
(Items 3) [Figure 70-40-3] from the air cleaner.
Remove the top two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70- Installation: Tighten the hose clamp (Item 2) [Figure 70-
40-1] from the air cleaner mount bracket. 40-3] to 3,4 - 4,0 N•m (30 - 35 in-lb) torque.
P-85688
Figure 70-40-4
P-85691
WARNING
P-85606
AVOID BURNS
Do not remove radiator cap when the engine is hot. Remove hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-2] on the engine oil
You can be seriously burned. cooler and drain the coolant into a container.
W-2070-1203
Figure 70-50-3
Figure 70-50-1
2
3
4
2
P-85949
P-90574
Figure 70-50-4
2 2
1 P-85954
P-90590
Figure 70-50-7 Installation: Tighten coil valve stem (Item 3) [Figure 70-
50-8] to 28 - 34 N•m (21 - 25 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 70-50-9
4
1
3
1
P-76714A 2
Figure 70-50-8
1
4
3
P-76717
2
Remove the pressure transducer (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-
1 10].
Remove coil mounting nut (Item 1), the coil (Item 2), and
the coil valve stem (Item 3) [Figure 70-50-8].
Figure 70-50-11
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 70-50-12
1 1
2
P-90063
1
Remove the four bolts (Item 1)[Figure 70-50-13].
P-85470
Remove the blower housing (Item 2)[Figure 70-50-13]
from the loader.
Unhook the rubber straps (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-11] and
remove lower fan duct.
NOTE: Engine and hydraulic fan assembly removed
for photo clarity.
Figure 70-50-14
1
1 2
2
5
4
5 1
P-90313
3
P-85897 Remove the four bolts (Item 1) and the cover plate (Item
2) [Figure 70-50-16].
Remove the fan motor inlet hose (Item 1) and outlet hose Installation: Tighten the bolts to 10,2 N•m (7.5 ft-lb)
(Item 2) [Figure 70-50-14]. torque.
Remove the fan case drain hose (Item 3) [Figure 70-50- Figure 70-50-17
14].
Figure 70-50-15
P-90065
P-90268
Figure 70-50-18
2 2
P-90062
Installation: Tighten the nuts to 10,2 N•m (7.5 ft-lb) NOTE: If a puller is not available one can be made if
torque. needed to remove the hub from the shaft.
Figure 70-50-19 Tighten the bolts and strike the puller with a hammer to
loosen the hub from the motor shaft.
P-90076
1 P-90019
Remove the water pump (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-21]. Remove the seal (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-22].
Installation: Always use a new gasket (Item 2) [Figure Install a new seal (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-22] when
70-50-21] when installing the water pump. assembling the water pump.
Figure 70-50-23
7 4
6
P-90166
Remove the bolts (Item 1), housing (Item 2), gasket (Item
3) and thermostat (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-23].
Thermostat - Checking
Figure 70-50-24
P-37172
Figure 70-60-1
2 1
1
P-85061
Remove the bolts from the front cover / oil pump (Item 1)
[Figure 70-60-3].
Figure 70-60-2
2
1
P-85056
1
2
4
3 P-85057
Oil Pump Inspection If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
oil pump.
Figure 70-60-5
P-85058
Figure 70-60-7
1
3
2
P-85072
P-85060
Remove the cooling hose’s (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-8].
Put a piece of press gauge on the rotor face [Figure 70- Remove oil filter cartridge (Item 2) and the oil cooler joint
60-7]. screw (Item 3) [Figure 70-60-8].
Install the cover and tighten the bolts. Remove oil cooler (Item 4) [Figure 70-60-8].
Remove the cover carefully. Measure the width of the Installation: Tighten oil cooler joint screw (Item 3)
press gauge [Figure 70-60-7]. [Figure 70-60-8] 64 - 73 N•m (47 - 54 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 70-60-9
PI-10010
Figure 70-70-1
P-85956
P-85956
Stop the engine and open the rear door.
Stop the engine and open the rear door [Figure 70-70-1]. Disconnect the connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-3].
Figure 70-70-2
P-85957
WARNING With the speed control lever at the low engine idle
position, turn the flywheel until the pressure is at 18,6
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH MPa (186,3 bar) (2702 psi).
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or Turn the flywheel back approximately one-half turn. Keep
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. the flywheel at this position, and measure the time it
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do takes the pressure to decrease from 17,7 MPa (176,5
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid bar) (2560 psi).
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury. Fuel Tightness of Delivery 5 Seconds
W-2072-0807 Valve Allowable Limit
Figure 70-70-5
B-8235
Figure 70-70-6 2
1
P-85082
Disconnect the fuel inlet hose (Item 1) and the fuel return
hose (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-7] from the injection pump
vent.
Figure 70-70-8
Clean the area around the injection pump thoroughly.
2
IMPORTANT 1
P-85082
Figure 70-70-9
P-85215
Remove the window cover for the fuel injection pump B 104 mm (4.09 in)
assembly (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-9] from the flywheel C 20,0 mm (0.787 in)
housing. D 10,0 mm dia. (0.394 in dia.)
Figure 70-70-12
M8 X 1.25
5,0 mm
5,0 mm (0.20 in) (0.20 in) dia
0,79 rad (45°)
P-85094
Look for the alignment mark on the idler gear and 45 mm (1.8 in)
P-85091
injection pump gear (Item 1)[Figure 70-70-10] then using
a white marking pen or the like put a alignment mark to
help reassemble these gears in mesh later. Construct two fuel camshaft lock screws as shown above
[Figure 70-70-12]
NOTE: When the already existing marks align with
each other, there is no need to put another
alignment mark.
Figure 70-70-13
P-85093
Figure 70-70-16
2
1
P-85090
P-85095
Install one lock tool in the upper plug opening (Item 1)
and tighten until it comes in contact with the fuel
camshaft. Make sure the fuel camshaft is not moving. Remove injection pump support (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-
Install second lock tool in lower opening (Item 1) [Figure 16].
70-70-14] and repeat the process.
Remove injection pump assembly (Item 2) [Figure 70-
NOTE: Do not over tighten the lock screws after they 70-16].
have contacted the fuel camshaft. Otherwise
the injection pump may become damaged.
P-85182
P-85095
P-85100
Remove the fuel injection pump assembly. (See Fuel
Injection Pump Assembly Removal And Installation on
Page 70-70-3.) Slide off the governor connecting rod (Item 1) [Figure 70-
Remove the governor lubricating pipe (Item 1) [Figure 70-19] from the rack pin of injection pump assembly.
70-70-18].
For convenient sake, temporarily hook the start spring on
Remove the stop solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-18]. the rack pin hole of the governor connecting rod.
Remove the sight cover (Item 3) [Figure 70-70-18] from Remove the governor housing mounting bolts.
the injection pump unit.
P-85099
Unhook the start spring (Item 1) from the rack pin (Item P-85097
2) [Figure 70-70-19] of injection pump assembly.
Remove the nut (Item 3) [Figure 70-70-19]. Remove the governor housing assembly (Item 1) [Figure
70-70-21] from the injection pump unit.
Installation: Reverse procedure to install. Tighten the
nut to 2.9 - 4,0 N•m (2.1 - 2.9 ft-lb) torque. NOTE: The injection pump unit is lubricated with
engine oil. Oil will leak when the governor
NOTE: Be careful not to drop the nut inside. housing is removed from the injection pump.
Figure 70-70-22
1
1
2
P-85189
Figure 70-70-25
Remove the governor fork shaft lever (Item 1) using a bolt
4 mm dia. (0.16 in dia.), pitch 0,7 mm (0.03 in) at least
25,4 mm (1 in) long (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-22].
Figure 70-70-23 2
1 2
P-85190
P-85188
Figure 70-70-26
P-85192
WARNING To remove and replace the fuel camshaft, make the tool
as shown in figure [Figure 70-70-27] or purchase part
number below.
Eye and body protection is required when welding or
grinding. Wear approved goggles, helmet and
MEL1666 - Injection Pump Gear Puller
clothing. Failure to wear eye and body protection can
result in serious injury.
W-2009-1285
Figure 70-70-27
P-85123
1
2
P-85186A
1
P-85183
Remove the governor sleeve (Item 1) and remove the two
fuel camshaft lock allen screws (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-
Install injection pump housing to the engine and tighten.
28].
Fix the flywheel with the flywheel stop tool (Item 1)
[Figure 70-70-32].
NOTE: Do not use the fuel camshaft locks screws
when removing governor weight, otherwise
Loosen the injection pump gear mounting nut (Item 2)
damage may occur to the allen screws or the
[Figure 70-70-32].
governor housing.
Installation: Tighten injection pump gear mounting nut to
Figure 70-70-29
138 - 156 N•m (102 - 115 ft-lb).
NOTE: The injection pump gear mounting nut is a left
hand thread to loosen turn towards B and to
tighten turn towards A as seen from the
flywheel side
Figure 70-70-31
2
P-85215
Figure 70-70-32
P-85122
Figure 70-70-33
P-85120
1
3 1
P-85199
P-85100
Figure 70-70-35
1
3 1
P-85198
2
Remove all of the mounting bolts and nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 70-70-37] from the fuel injection pump.
P-85099
Unhook the start spring (Item 1) from the rack pin (Item
2) [Figure 70-70-35] of injection pump assembly.
1
2
P-85200
Figure 70-70-39
1 2
3 5
P-85203
IMPORTANT
Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless you are
trained and have the correct equipment.
I-2028-0289
2
1
P-85102
Figure 70-70-43
P-85103
IMPORTANT
Do not bend the high pressure fuel injection tubes
when removing or installing them.
I-2029-0289 P-85117
Figure 70-70-46
P-85085
Fuel Injector Removal And Installation (Cont’d) The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Figure 70-70-47
MEL4200 - Injector Nozzle Tester
MEL4201 - Injector Nozzle Tester Adapter Set
Figure 70-70-49
1
P-85119
Nozzle Spray Condition The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure: MEL 4200 - Injector Nozzle Tester
Figure 70-70-50
Correct Incorrect
3EEABAC1P014A
3EEABAC1P013A
Install the injector nozzle assembly onto the nozzle tester
(MEL 4200) and check the nozzle spraying condition.
Set the injection nozzle to a nozzle tester, and check the
nozzle spraying condition. Raise the fuel pressure, and keep at 16,7 MPa (166,7
bar) (2418 psi) for 10 seconds.
If the spraying condition is defective, replace or repair the
injection nozzle assembly. If any fuel leak is found, replace or repair the injection
nozzle assembly.
Figure 70-80-1 1 2
1 3
2
3
P-85178
P-85178
Disconnect the glow plug nuts (Item 1),remove glow plug
connecting strap (Item 2) and glow plugs (Item 3) [Figure
Disconnect the glow plug nuts (Item 1), remove glow plug 70-80-3].
connecting strap (Item 2) and glow plugs (Item 3) [Figure
70-80-1]. Installation: Tighten the glow plug to 7,7 - 9,3 N•m (5.7 -
6.8 ft-lb) torque.
Installation: Tighten the glow plug to 7,7 - 9,3 N•m (5.7 -
6.8 ft-lb) torque. Figure 70-80-4
Figure 70-80-2
2 1
P-85179
P-85179
NOTE: Adjust the direction of the ditch (Item 1)
[Figure 70-80-4] to the terminal side when the
Touch one probe to the end of the glow plug (Item 1) and seal is installed on the glow plug.
the other probe to the body of glow plug (Item 2) [Figure
70-80-2].
Figure 70-80-5
2
1
3
P-85181
P-48708
Adjust the valve clearance as follows:
Photo [Figure 70-80-5] shows the glow plug removed Loosen the lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-6].
from the engine. Inspect the glow plugs and replace
when necessary. Turn the adjustment screw (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-6] until
the correct clearance is obtained.
Figure 70-80-7 3 4
2
4 3 2 1
B 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A
1 P-85974
B-05569
Stop the engine and open the rear door.
NOTE: (A) is the front cover side, (B) is the flywheel Remove the engine / hydrostatic pump package from the
housing side. loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page
70-10-7.)
Figure 70-80-8
Remove the flywheel. (See Flywheel Removal And
Installation on Page 70-120-1.)
Cylinder Number 1 2 3 4
Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing
Gearcase Cover Removal on Page 70-100-1.)
Valve Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Make sure timing marks are in correct alignment [Figure
70-80-9].
4 2 1
1
3
P-85118
P-85174
Figure 70-80-11
P-85119
1
P-85117
1 2
P-85170
Figure 70-80-15
P-85168
P-47245 NOTE: (A) is the front cover side, (B) is the flywheel
housing side.
Installation: The push rod (Item 1) must be seated in the Installation: Put oil on the bolt threads. Tighten the bolts
tappet (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-15] correctly or the push in the correct sequence in order of #1 - #10 to 187 - 196
rods will be damaged. N•m (138 - 144 ft-lb).
After installing the rocker arm assembly and push rods, NOTE: It is not necessary to retighten the cylinder
the valve lash must be adjusted. (See Valve Clearance head bolts after the engine has been run for 30
Adjustment on Page 70-80-2.) minutes.
Figure 70-80-18 1
P-47252
Figure 70-80-21
Remove the cylinder head (Item 1) and gasket (Item 2)
[Figure 70-80-18].
Figure 70-80-19 a b c
2 B
P-85967
NOTE: (A) is the front cover side, (B) is the flywheel Select the correct gasket size (thickness) from the chart
housing side. [Figure 70-80-22].
Cylinder Head Disassembly And Assembly Clean the surface of the cylinder head.
PI-9987 P-51629
Use a valve spring compressor to compress the valve Put a straight edge (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-25] on the
spring [Figure 70-80-23]. cylinder head.
Figure 70-80-26
5
4 Valve
3
6 Spring
2 Retainer
1 Seal
Collets
Cap
B-4122C
Remove the seal (Item 6) and the valve (Item 5) [Figure Put the straight edge on the cylinder head's four sides
70-80-23] and [Figure 70-80-24]. and two diagonal as shown in figure [Figure 70-80-26].
Figure 70-80-29
P-85172
P-85173
Figure 70-80-30
225 mm (8.86”)
20 mm 70 mm (2.8”) 45 mm
(0.79”) (1.8”)
11,7-11,9 mm
(0.461-0.468”) 6,50-6,60 mm
(0.256-0.259”)
5,0 mm 8,50-8,90 mm 20,0 mm
(0.2”) (0.335-0.350”) (0.79”)
6,70-7,00 mm PI-9993
12,5-12,8 mm
(0.264-0.275”) 25,0 mm
(0.98”) (0.493-0.503”)
MC-1364
Grind the valve face to the correct angle using a valve
refacer [Figure 70-80-32].
To remove and replace the valve guide, make the driver
tools as shown in figure [Figure 70-80-30]. Clean the valve seat and combustion chamber.
PI-9992 P-51632
Press the used valve guide out of the cylinder head using Install the valve into the guide. Measure the valve
the special driver tool [Figure 70-80-31]. recessing with a depth gauge [Figure 70-80-33].
1. Cylinder Head
Surface PI-9995
2. Recessing
3. Protrusion
Check the seat surface and valve face (Item 1) [Figure
PI-9990 70-80-36].
If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace (a) identical dimensions above and below the valve seat
the valve or cylinder head [Figure 70-80-34].
If the seat surface (b) needs correction, slightly correct
the seat using a 45 degree cutter and then resurface the
Recessing 0,65 - 0,85 mm
seat surface with a 15 degree cutter to get the correct
(0.026 - 0.33 in)
width (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-36].
Allowable Limit (Recessing) 1,20 mm (0.0472 in)
Valve Seat Width
Figure 70-80-35
Intake & Exhaust 3,3 - 3,6 mm
(0.13 - 0.14 in)
Intake 45 degrees
Exhaust 45 degrees
45° Exhaust
15° Exhaust 45° Intake
15° Intake
PI-9994
Valve Spring
Figure 70-80-37
A-2759
Valve Tappets
Remove the oil pan and oil pump strainer. (See Oil Pan
Removal And Installation on Page 70-60-1.)
1 P-85175
Figure 70-80-40
P-85142
Figure 70-80-42
1
1
2
P-85177
B-3697
Measure the bridge arm ID (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-43].
Measure the rocker arm I.D. (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-42] If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
with an inside micrometer. bridge arm (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-43].
Measure the rocker arm shaft O.D. (Item 2) [Figure 70- Bridge arm ID. 9,050 - 9,065 mm
80-42] with an outside micrometer. (0.3170 - 0.3181 in)
If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the Figure 70-80-44
bushing.
Figure 70-80-45
1
P-85972
Remove the used valve bridge arm shaft (Item 1), then
P-85969 clean valve bridge arm shaft mounting hole. Use the
valve bridge arm replacing tool to press in new shaft
[Figure 70-80-46].
Make valve bridge arm shaft replacement tool as shown
above [Figure 70-80-45]. Figure 70-80-47
Figure 70-80-48
P-76926
P-85970
Place the push rod on V blocks [Figure 70-80-49].
Set the depth of the bridge arm shaft (Item 1) to 31,1 - Measure the push rod alignment [Figure 70-80-49].
31,7 mm (1.23 - 1.24 in) [Figure 70-80-48].
If the push rod exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
push rod.
Remove the oil pan and oil pump strainer. (See Oil Pan
Removal And Installation on Page 70-60-1.)
Figure 70-90-1
P-85143
P-85142
P-85145
Figure 70-90-5
P-85144
Figure 70-90-7 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
3
7
4 PI-10015
Figure 70-90-10
B-3622
Measure the O.D. of the piston pin (Item 1) [Figure 70- If the gap exceeds the allowable limit, replace the ring.
90-10].
Top Ring Gap 0,25 - 0,40 mm
Measure the I.D. of the connecting rod small end bushing (0.0099 - 0.015 in)
(Item 2) [Figure 70-90-10].
Oil Ring Gap 0,25 - 0,45 mm
(0.0099 - 0.017 in)
Calculate the oil clearance. If the clearance exceeds the
allowable limit, replace the connecting rod. If it still Allowable Limit 1,25 mm
exceeds the specifications, replace the piston pin. (0.0492 in)
Second Ring Gap 0,30 - 0,45 mm
Piston Pin O.D. 28,006 - 28,011 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in)
(1.1026 - 1.1027 in)
Bushing I.D. 28,031 - 28,046 mm
(1.1036 - 1.1041 in)
Oil Clearance Between 0,020 - 0,040 mm
Piston Pin & Bushing (0.00079 - 0.0015 in)
Allowable Limit 0,15 mm
(0.0059 in)
Figure 70-90-12
B-4066
PI-10017
Use a gauge to check the inside measurement of the
cylinder bore [Figure 70-90-13].
Remove the carbon from the ring grooves. Measure the
clearance between the ring and groove with a feeler Figure 70-90-14
gauge [Figure 70-90-12].
Connecting Rod Alignment Remove the crankshaft. (See Crankshaft And Bearings
Removal And Installation on Page 70-90-7.)
NOTE: The small end bushing is the basis of this
check, check the bushing for wear before Figure 70-90-16
doing this check.
Put the gauge over the piston pin and move it against the
face plate. 1
2
Figure 70-90-15 4
2
P-85149
If the gauge does not fit squarely against the face plate,
measure the space between the gauge and face plate
[Figure 70-90-15].
1
2
3
P-85148
Figure 70-90-18
2
0,850 - 1,15 mm (0.0335 - 0.0452 in)
2
1 3
P-85153
Figure 70-90-19
P-85995
Installation: Tighten the crankcase mounting bolts from Material (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-21]: SS400
K to Z to 59 - 63 N•m (44 - 47 ft-lb).
P-85156
1 4
P-85996
2
Align and install crankcase 2 (Item 2) to crankcase 1
(Item 1) [Figure 70-90-25].
Install the thrust bearings (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-23] with Tighten the crankcase mounting bolts from A to J to 138 -
the groove facing out. 147 N•m (102 - 108 ft-lb)
Figure 70-90-28
1
2
P-85159
3
1
Set a dial indicator with its tip on the end of the
crankshaft (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-26].
P-85160
A-2763
Figure 70-90-29
P-37145
*Dimension 1,0 - 1,5 mm relief 1,0 - 1,5 mm Measure the amount of the flattening with the scale, and
B (0.040 - 0.059 in relief get the oil clearance.
relief) (0.040 - 0.059 in
relief) If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace
Dimension C 79,777 - 79,790 79,577 - 79,590 the crank pin bearing.
mm dia. mm dia.
(3.1409 - 3.1413 (3.1330 -3.1334 If the same size bearing cannot be used because of the
in dia.) in dia.) crank pin wear, replace it with an undersized one
referring to the table.
The crankshaft journal must be fine-finished to higher
than ————(0.8-S) Crankpin Factory spec. 49,980 - 49,991 mm
*Holes are to be de-burred and edges rounded with O.D. (1.9678 - 1.9681 in)
relief
1,0 - 1,5 mm (0.040 - 0.059 in) Oil clearance Factory spec. 0,011 - 0,058 mm
between (0.00067 - 0.0018 in)
crank pin and Allowable 0,20 mm (0.0079 in)
crank pin limit
bearing
Figure 70-90-31
P-85162
2
Undersize dimensions of crankpin.
P-37147
Undersize 0,20 mm 0,40 mm
(0.0079 in) (0.016 in)
NOTE: To replace it with a specific STD service part,
make sure the crank pin bearing has the same Dimension A 3,3 - 3,7 mm radius 3,3 - 3,7 mm
ID color as the connecting rod [Figure 70-90- (0.13 - 0.14 in radius
31]. radius) (0.13 - 0.14 in
radius)
ID Connecting rod Crank pin bearing *Dimension B 1,0 - 1,5 mm relief 1,0 - 1,5 mm
Color (0.040 - 0.059 in relief
Large-end inch Class Center wall thick
relief) (0.040 - 0.059 in
dia.
relief)
Blue 53,010 - 53,010 L 1,496 - 1,501
Dimension C 49,780 - 49,791 49,580 - 49,591
mm mm
mm dia. mm dia.
(2.0870 - 2.0874 (0.05890 -
(1.9599 - 1.9602 in (1.9520 - 1.9524
in) 0.05909 in)
dia.) in dia.)
witho 53,000 - 53,010 S 1,491 - 1,496
(0.8-S)
ut mm mm
The crank pin must be fine-finished to higher than ———
Color (2.0867 - 2.0870 (0.05870 -
—
in) 0.05889 in)
*Holes to be de-burred and edges rounded with relief.
1,0 -1,5 mm (0.040 - 0.059 in)
Figure 70-100-1
2
1
P-90121
Figure 70-100-2
P-90004A
Figure 70-100-4
P-85218
P-90006
Figure 70-100-6
P-85997B
1
Tighten the seven outside timing gearcase cover
P-85998 mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-100-8].
P-85217
Timing Gears Backlash - Checking Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing
Gearcase Cover Removal on Page 70-100-1.)
When the gears are installed, check the backlash of the
gears. Remove the valve tappets. (See Valve Tappets on Page
70-80-12.)
Figure 70-100-9
Figure 70-100-10
1 2 3
1
2
4
P-85205
P-90008
Hold one gear while turning the other gear [Figure 70- Remove the three camshaft set bolts (Item 2) and
100-9]. remove the cam (Item 3) [Figure 70-100-10].
If the backlash exceeds the allowable limit, check the oil Remove the idle gear mounting bolts (Item 4) and
clearance of the shaft and gear. If the oil clearance is remove idle gear (Item 5) [Figure 70-100-10].
correct, replace the gear.
Installation: Make sure the timing marks are in correct
Crank Gear & Cam Gear 0,0410 - 0,139 mm alignment when installing the timing gears.
(0.00162 - 0.00547 in)
Allowable Limit 0,22 mm
(0.0087 in)
Cam Gear & Idler Gear 0,0410 - 0,134 mm
(0.00162 - 0.00527 in)
Allowable Limit 0,22 mm
(0.0087 in)
Injection Pump Gear & Idler 0,0410 - 0,134 mm
Gear (0.00162 - 0.00527 in)
Allowable Limit 0,22 mm
(0.0087 in)
Camshaft - Servicing
Figure 70-100-11
1 2
1
P-85212
2
P-47263
P-85214
2
Measure the cam lobes at their highest point (Item 2)
[Figure 70-100-14].
P-85207
P-85213
Figure 70-100-19
1 2
P-85208
P-85211
Figure 70-110-2
1
1
P-85976
WARNING
Turbochargers, operate at high speed and high
temperatures. Keep fingers, tools and other objects 1
away from the inlet and outlet ports. Avoid contact
with hot surfaces.
W-2257-1196
Remove the air cleaner. (See Housing Removal And Remove the two exhaust manifold cover bolts (Item 1)
Installation on Page 70-40-1.) [Figure 70-110-4].
1
1
1
P-85975 P-85979
Disconnect the two oil pipes (Item 1) [Figure 70-110-3]. Remove the eight exhaust manifold bolts (Item 1) [Figure
70-110-4].
Installation: Tighten the two tubelines (Item 1) [Figure
70-110-3] to 16 - 19 N•m (12 - 14 ft-lb) torque. Installation: Tighten the eight bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-
110-3] to 24 - 27 N•m (17.7 - 19.9 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 70-110-6
P-85127
1 2
P-85218
P-85138
Figure 70-120-2
P-85215
Figure 70-120-4
P-85140A
Ring Gear Removal And Installation Remove the engine / hydrostatic pump package from the
loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page
Figure 70-120-7 70-10-7.)
Figure 70-120-8
The ring gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-120-7] on the flywheel
is an interference fit. Heat the ring gear enough to
expand the gear. Hit the ring gear evenly around the gear
to remove it from the flywheel.
P-85137
Description
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) is a system in which the exhaust gas with lean oxygen is cooled and returned to the
cylinders again in order to lower the combustion temperature.
An External / Mechanical EGR consists of a water cooled EGR cooler, mechanical EGR valve, reed valve and thermo
valve. When the coolant temperature is high and the boost pressure is low, the EGR valve will not open. If the coolant
temperature is high and the boost pressure is also high, the EGR valve will open allowing cooled gas back into the intake
manifold.
The reed valve between the EGR valve and the intake manifold prevents fresh air from flowing into EGR system.
Figure 70-130-1
3
12
11
1
7 5
13
2
7
9
15
10
9
14
P-85105
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH NOTE: Verify the engine temperature is below 55°C
When the engine is running during service, the (131°F). If the engine temperature is above
steering levers or joysticks must be in neutral and 55°C (131°F), let the engine cool down and
the parking brake engaged. restart the Cold Engine Coolant temperature
W-2717-0208 Test.
1
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
1.)
Testing (Cont’d)
Figure 70-130-3
P-85108
Figure 70-130-6
P-85108
Testing (Cont’d)
Figure 70-130-7
P-85108
1
2
P-85981
1
WARNING
4
AVOID BURNS
Some surfaces of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation
system can be hot. Use caution when conducting 3
diagnostic tests.
1
Allow the engine to cool before servicing.
W-2716-0208 P-85110
Allow the engine to cool before working on the EGR Remove the four EGR cooler mounting bolts (Item 1) and
system. the EGR system assembly (Item 2) [Figure 70-130-11].
Figure 70-130-12
1
3
P-85982
2
Disconnect and cap the EGR valve coolant hoses (Item
P-85113
1) [Figure 70-130-10].
Disconnect the boost pressure hose (Item 2) [Figure 70- NOTE: The gasket (Item 3) [Figure 70-130-11] and
130-10]. [Figure 70-130-12] is marked with the letter
“F” and must be installed downward.
Figure 70-130-13 3
6
4
8 5
4
2
1 7
6 1
5 P-85111
3
2
4 Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) from the EGR
valve (Item 2) and EGR valve flange (Item 6) [Figure 70-
P-85112 130-14].
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Blower Motor Does Not Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Blower Motor Operates Normally, But Air Flow Is Insufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Insufficient Cooling Although Air Flow And Compressor Operation Are Normal . . . 80-30-1
The Compressor Does Not Operate At All, Or Operates Improperly . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Gauge Pressure Related Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-2
Troubleshooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-4
Temperature / Pressure Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-8
Poor A/C Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-10
HVAC Repair And Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-11
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-12
Engine Coolant Bypassing The Heater Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-18
Heater Valve Not Opening Or Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-19
COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-50-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-50-1
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-50-2
Oil Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-50-3
CONDENSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-60-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-60-1
THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-90-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-90-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-90-2
Description
In an air conditioning system the refrigerant is circulated under pressure through five major components in a closed circuit.
At these five points in the system the refrigerant goes through pressure and temperature changes.
The compressor (Item 1) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) takes in low temperature, low pressure refrigerant gas through the
suction valve (low pressure side) and as the name indicates, pressurizes the refrigerant and forces it through the discharge
valve (high pressure side) and to the condenser (Item 2) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.)
Ambient air passing through the condenser removes the heat from refrigerant resulting in physical state change in the
refrigerant from a gas to a liquid.
The liquid refrigerant moves on to the receiver / drier (Item 3) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) where impurities such as
moisture and dirt are filtered out. The receiver / drier also serves as the storage tank for the liquid refrigerant. The liquid
refrigerant (still under high pressure) flows to the expansion valve (Item 4) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.)
The expansion valve meters the amount of refrigerant entering the evaporator coil (Item 5) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.)
As the refrigerant passes through the expansion valve, it again changes its physical state. It becomes a low temperature,
low-pressure liquid and saturated vapor. The low pressure liquid immediately starts to boil and vaporize as it enters the
evaporator. The hot humid air of the machine's cab is drawn through or blown across the evaporator by the evaporator fan
(Item 6) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) Since the refrigerant is colder than the air, it absorbs the heat from the air which
results in cooled air, which is pushed into the cab by the blower. The moisture in the air condenses on the evaporator coil
and drips into the drain pan, which directs the water out of the cab.
The refrigerant cycle is completed when the low temperature low pressure gas is again drawn into the compressor.
Chart
Thermostat
Cold Air
Evaporator
5
Evaporator
4
Expansion Valve
Blower
6
1 Compressor
2 Condenser
Pressure
Switch
Sight
Glass
Fan
Dessicant
3 Receiver Drier
Status Of R134a_______________________________________________
Components
1
Figure 80-10-1
2
P-89545
Figure 80-10-2 1
1 N-22206
Components (Cont'd)
Figure 80-10-5 4
3
1 2
P-90420A
1
Evaporator Coil: The evaporator coil (Item 1) [Figure 80-
P-92602 10-7] cools and dehumidifies the air before it enters the
cab.
Heater / Evaporator Unit: The heater / evaporator unit Thermostat: The thermostat (Item 2) [Figure 80-10-7]
(Item 1) [Figure 80-10-5] is located behind the loader controls the temperature of the evaporator coil.
cab. The unit delivers the cold air for the A/C and warm
air for heat into the cab. The unit contains the blower, Heater Coil: The heater coil (Item 3) [Figure 80-10-7]
heat and A/C coils, thermostat and expansion valve. supplies the warm air into the cab by passing air through
the coil.
Figure 80-10-6
Heater / Evaporator Blower: The blower (Item 4) [Figure
80-10-7] is used to push air through the heater and
evaporator coils and into the cab.
P-92659
Components (Cont'd)
Figure 80-10-8
1
1
2
3
4 P-89545
Figure 80-10-9
P-90353
Figure 80-10-12
WARNING
HFC R-134a refrigerant can be dangerous if not
properly handled. Liquid R-134a may cause
blindness if it contacts the eyes and may cause
serious frostbite if it contacts the skin.
• Gaseous R-134a becomes lethal (phosgene) gas
when it contacts open flame or very hot
substances.
• NEVER SMOKE when there is the possibility of
even small amounts of R-134a in the air.
Any servicing work that involves release or addition
of R-134a to the system must be done by a
competent refrigeration dealer who has the proper
P16399
equipment, knowledge, and experience to service
refrigeration equipment.
In servicing A/C and heater systems you will be exposed W-2373-0611
to high pressures, temperatures and several chemical
hazards. Moving belts and pulleys are normal shop
hazards.
Figure 80-20-1 1
3
2
P-90490A
2
1
The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s
seat inside the operator cab. Flip the clamps (Item 1)
holding the filter up and remove the filter (Item 2) [Figure
P-90489A P-90492A 80-20-2].
Shake the filter (Item 3) [Figure 80-20-1] or use low Recirculation Filter (Later Models)
pressure air to remove dirt. This can be done several
times before replacement is required. Install the filter, Figure 80-20-3
filter cover and clamping knob.
1
P100755
Line up the clips on the filter cover with the slots provided
and push the cover into place.
Figure 80-20-4
P-85993
Condenser
P-85942A
The condenser should be cleaned with the oil cooler and
the radiator.
NOTE: The engine is shown removed for visual
clarity. Air Conditioning Lubrication
Loosen the top air conditioning pump mounting bolts Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every
(Item 1) [Figure 80-20-4]. week to lubricate the internal components.
Evaporator / Heater Coil Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
Figure 80-20-6
P100756
Figure 80-20-9
Remove cover screws (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-6] and
remove the cover.
Figure 80-20-7 1
P100757
2
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See
heater coil (Item 1) and evaporator (Item 2) [Figure 80- Lowering on Page 10-30-3.)
20-7].
Insufficient Cooling Although Air Flow And Compressor Operation Are Normal
Normal compressor suction (low side) and discharge (high side) pressure at ambient temperatures of 30 - 38°C (86 - 96°F)
and compressor speed of approximately 3200 rpm are:
High pressure side pressure: 1,4 - 1,8 MPa (14,5 - 18,3 bar) (210 - 265 psi)
Low pressure side pressure: 103,4 - 227,5 kPa (1,0 - 2,3 bar) (15 - 33 psi)
As a rule of thumb the high side pressure will be around eight times greater then the low side pressure.
Troubleshooting Tree
P-90410
P-90411
P-90412
P-90413
Evaporator
Pressures represent gas temperatures inside the coil. not the coil surface. For an estimate of the temperature of the air
coming off the coil add -13 - -12°C (8 - 10°F) to the temperature on the chart.
Condenser
Temperatures are not ambient temperatures but condensing temperatures. Add 4.4°C (40°F) to the ambient temperature
to get the condensing temperature and then refer to the pressure chart to see appropriate pressure for ambient
temperature.
Conditions and pressures will vary from system to system. Check with MCC for system specifications.
Start the loader, lock the park brake, and engage the A/C Check the A/C evaporator coil for dirt or mud and clean if
system with the blower fan on High. Run the loader at full necessary. (See Removal And Installation on Page 80-
throttle for approximately 15 minutes, with the loader cab 110-1.)
door closed.
Check the engine coolant to see if it is bypassing the
Figure 80-30-1 heater valve. (See Engine Coolant Bypassing The Heater
Valve on Page 80-30-18.)
P-90356
Figure 80-30-2
N-22411
Figure 80-30-3
P-90361
Electrical System
Figure 80-30-4
P-90357
Figure 80-30-7
P-92638
Figure 80-30-5
P-90358
P-85412
Figure 80-30-8
P-90360
1
Figure 80-30-9
1
P-90360
Disconnect the loader harness (Item 1) from the pressure If a resistance value is seen, the pressure switch is good.
switch (Item 2) [Figure 80-30-9].
Reconnect the loader harness to the pressure switch.
Figure 80-30-12
P-90363
P-90363
Disconnect the blower wiring connector (Item 1) [Figure
80-30-14] from the loader wiring harness.
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
Figure 80-30-15
Disconnect the thermostat wiring connector (Item 1
[Figure 80-30-12] from the loader wiring harness.
Figure 80-30-13
1
2 P-90362
1
Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-15] for
P-90362 voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts.
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the If there is no resistance value replace the blower. (See
thermostat (Item 2) [Figure 80-30-13] for resistance. Removal And Installation on Page 80-130-1.)
The resistance value of the thermostat should be 10 Ohm If there is a resistance value check the climate controls at
at 20°C (68°F). the control panel inside the loader cab.
Figure 80-30-16 C
H
B
1 M
N-22288
Figure 80-30-19 The potentiometer will effect the A/C system and also
effect the operation of the heater.
1
P-90367
If there is no voltage at the wiring harness, check the At the loader cab, disconnect the loader harness (Item 1)
harness for broken wires. [Figure 80-30-21] from the potentiometer.
Figure 80-30-20 Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-21] for
voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts.
1
2
N-22289
Figure 80-30-22
A C
A C
B
N-22290
B
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the Check the resistance between the wire terminal C and
potentiometer [Figure 80-30-22] for resistance. wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-24] should be
around 10 K Ohm.
The resistance should be 10K Ohm between wire pin A
and wire pin C frame [Figure 80-30-22].
Figure 80-30-23
P-90368
Electrical System (Cont'd) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 80-30-25
Figure 80-30-27
2 3
1 1
P-90369
P-90364A
A C
Start the loader and run at high idle, for ten minutes.
Figure 80-30-28
N-22290
Figure 80-30-29 Turn the remote start key to the OFF position and remove
the remote start tool from fender.
Figure 80-30-30
P-90370
N-23024
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 80-40-2
N-22291
2
WARNING
P-90372
HFC R-134a refrigerant can be dangerous if not
properly handled. Liquid R-134a may cause
Locate the low pressure port (Item 1), and high pressure blindness if it contacts the eyes and may cause
port (Item 2) [Figure 80-40-2]. serious frostbite if it contacts the skin.
• Gaseous R-134a becomes lethal (phosgene) gas
when it contacts open flame or very hot
substances.
WARNING • NEVER SMOKE when there is the possibility of
even small amounts of R-134a in the air.
Any servicing work that involves release or addition
In the event of a leak, wear safety goggles. Escaping of R-134a to the system must be done by a
refrigerant can cause severe injuries to eyes. In competent refrigeration dealer who has the proper
contact with a flame, R-134a refrigerant gives a toxic equipment, knowledge, and experience to service
gas. refrigeration equipment.
W-2371-0611 W-2373-0611
Figure 80-40-4
N-22292
P-90373
N-22381
Figure 80-50-1
1
1 P-89543
1
2 1
P-89538
P-89534
Remove the compressor mount bolt (Item 1) and the belt Remove the compressor mount bolts and nuts (Item 1)
(Item 2) [Figure 80-50-2]. [Figure 80-50-4].
P-90486
Oil Check
Figure 80-50-6
1
P-90486
Figure 80-50-9
P-16534A
P-90487
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Cap and plug the hose and the condenser fittings with
1 the proper A/C caps and plugs.
Figure 80-60-3
P-85824 1
WARNING
P-89548
WARNING P-90493
In the event of a leak, wear safety goggles. Escaping Note the flow direction on the receiver / drier (Item 1)
refrigerant can cause severe injuries to eyes. In [Figure 80-70-2] for proper installation.
contact with a flame, R-134a refrigerant gives a toxic
gas.
W-2371-0611
Figure 80-70-1
P-90488
Figure 80-70-3
1
N-22205
P-92665
The pressure relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-70-5] is
located on the receiver / drier.
Loosen the two clamps (Item 1) and remove the receiver /
drier (Item 2) [Figure 80-70-3]. Figure 80-70-6
Figure 80-70-4
N-22206
P-89521
The pressure relief valve [Figure 80-70-6] is designed to
open and release the A/C charge if the pressure reaches
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-70-4] 3,7 MPa (36,9 bar) (535 psi).
from the receiver / drier mount bracket.
This will cause the A/C system to shut down, saving the
compressor.
Figure 80-70-7
P-90361
WARNING
In the event of a leak, wear safety goggles. Escaping
refrigerant can cause severe injuries to eyes. In
contact with a flame, R-134a refrigerant gives a toxic
gas.
W-2371-0611
Figure 80-70-8
P-90488
Figure 80-70-9
N-22166
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
P-90421
Figure 80-80-4
P-90363
3
P-90422
Cap and plug the hoses and the expansion valve fittings
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
NOTE: The EDT has a six second delay before start 5. Temperature sensor open and short detection
up to protect the compressor clutch.
The EDT will turn the clutch on when the evaporator coil DETECTION
MALFUNCTION STATUS LED
temperature is above 2°C (35.6°F). If the EDT does not INTERVAL
detect any malfunction, it will continue to operate and the Temperature Continuous 1x per second
status LED will be lit continuously. When the evaporator sensor
temperature is below -2°C (28.4°F), the EDT will turn off
Temperature At A/C start up 2x per second
the clutch and status LED.
sensor open and
short detection
Figure 80-90-1
Compressor Continuous 3x per second
clutch short to
battery
P-90576
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 80-90-5
1 2
P-92606
P-92603
2
1
WARNING P-90416
In the event of a leak, wear safety goggles. Escaping NOTE: The evaporator / heater unit is removed for
refrigerant can cause severe injuries to eyes. In photo clarity.
contact with a flame, R-134a refrigerant gives a toxic
gas. Remove the four screws (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
W-2371-0611
[Figure 80-100-2].
1
2
1
1
P-92659 P-90417
Remove the two A/C hoses (Item 1) [Figure 80-100-1] Remove the five screws (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
from the expansion valve. [Figure 80-100-3].
Cap and plug the hoses and the expansion valve fittings
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
Figure 80-100-4
P-90418
Figure 80-100-5
N-22085
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
1
2
Evacuate the A/C system. (See Reclamation And 1
Charging With Recovery / Charging Unit on Page 80-40-
2.)
WARNING Remove the five screws (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 80-110-2].
Figure 80-110-1
1
1
P-90418
NOTE: The evaporator / heater unit is removed for Cap and plug the evaporator tubelines (Item 1) [Figure
photo clarity. 80-110-3] and the expansion valve fittings with the proper
A/C caps and plugs.
Remove the four screws (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 80-110-1].
Figure 80-110-4
2
2
3
P-90420A
Figure 80-110-5
P-90424
P-90440
Figure 80-120-4
1
P-90419A
2 1
Remove the nine screws (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 80-120-1].
Figure 80-120-2 1
2
1
P-90445
1
Remove the five screws (Item 1) and cover (Item 2)
3
[Figure 80-120-4].
P-90439
Figure 80-120-5
P-90441
Figure 80-120-6
P-90443
Figure 80-130-1
1 1
2
P-90458
2
P-90465
Figure 80-130-4
P-90463
Figure 80-130-7
NOTE: Mark the wires for proper installation.
Figure 80-130-5
1 1
P-90461
P-90460
Figure 80-130-8
1
3
4
P-90462
Remove the blower wheel (Item 1), inside clamp (Item 2),
inside ring (Item 3), and spacers (Item 4) [Figure 80-130-
8] from the blower motor shaft and inspect for wear.
Figure 80-140-1
NOTE: Cap the heater hoses and the heater valve
with plugs to prevent coolant loss from the
system.
CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPEC-50-1
Decimal And Millimeter Equivalent Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPEC-50-1
U.S. To Metric Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPEC-50-1
Machine Dimensions
• Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard track and 74 inch Heavy Duty Construction And Industrial
bucket and may vary with other bucket types. All dimensions are shown in millimeters. Respective imperial dimensions
are given in inches enclosed by parentheses.
• Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
2228 mm
(87.7 in)
1851 mm
(72.9 in) 1880 mm
(74 in)
1532 mm
(60.3 in)
97°
42°
4026 mm
(158.5 in)
870 mm
(34.2 in)
3149 mm
(124 in)
2447 mm
2065 mm (96.3 in)
(81.3 in)
31°
30.6°
1499 mm
207 mm (59 in)
(8.1 in)
2752 mm
(108.4 in)
3474 mm
(136.8 in)
NA1661
Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and
can cause failure of the loader parts.
Performance
Engine
Drive System
Controls
Vehicle Steering Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional
joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics
- Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS)
or optional Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
- Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or joystick
- Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or joystick
Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through quick couplers; Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds
Engine Hand lever speed control; additional foot operated speed control pedal with SJC
option, key-type start switch or optional keyless start panel or optional Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown.
Starting Aid Glow plugs automatically activated as needed by Instrument Panel
Service Brake Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering
levers or optional joystick(s)
Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions
Parking Brake (Standard) Spring applied pressure release multi-disk brake activated by manually operated
switch on left instrument panel
Hydraulic System
Electrical System
Capacities
Tracks
Ground Pressure
The following table shows standard torque specifications for bolts with zinc phosphate coating. Bolts purchased from
Bobcat that have zinc phosphate coating are specified by the letter H following the part number.
THREAD
SAE GRADE 5 SAE GRADE 8
SIZE
9,0 - 10,2 12,4 - 13,6
0.250
N•m (80 - 90) (110 - 120)
(in-lb) 20,3 - 22,6 24,2 - 27,1
0.3125
(180 - 200) (215 - 240)
34 - 38 47 - 54
0.375
(25 - 28) (35 - 40)
54 - 61 81 - 88
0.4375
(40 - 45) (60 - 65)
88 - 95 122 - 136
0.500
(65 - 70) (90 - 100)
122 - 136 170 - 190
0.5625
(90 - 100) (125 - 140)
170 - 190 240 - 260
0.625
(125 - 140) (175 - 190)
300 - 330 410 - 450
0.750
(220 - 245) (300 - 330)
450 - 490 645 - 710
0.875
(330 - 360) (475 - 525)
645 - 710 985 - 1085
1.000
N•m (475 - 525) (725 - 800)
(ft-lb) 880 - 975 1425 - 1600
1.125
(650 - 720) (1050 - 1175)
1200 - 1360 2000 - 2200
1.250
(900 - 1000) (1475 - 1625)
1630 - 1830 2720 - 2980
1.375
(1200 - 1350) (2000 - 2200)
2040 - 2240 3530 - 3870
1.500
(1500 - 1650) (2600 - 2850)
2720 - 2980 4680 - 5150
1.625
(2000 - 2800) (3450 - 3800)
3390 - 3730 5830 - 6500
1.750
(2500 - 2750) (4300 - 4800)
4270 - 4750 7450 - 8300
1.875
(3150 - 3500) (5500 - 6100)
5150 - 5700 8800 - 9800
2.000
(3800 - 4200) (6500 - 7200)
Figure SPEC-30-1
Nut Nut
Washer
Washer
O-ring
O-ring
A-1852
Figure SPEC-30-2
O-ring Boss
Tightening Torque
x TORQUE
x N•m
Thread Size (ft-lb)
7/16” - 20 18 (13)
9/16” - 18 30 (22)
3/4” -1 6 54 (40)
7/8” - 14 81 (60)
1-1/16” - 12 114 (84)
1-3/16” - 12 133 (98)
1-5/16” - 12 160 (118)
1-7/16” - 12 209 (154)
1-5/8” - 12 221 (163)
P-85926
Figure SPEC-30-4
Flare Fitting Tightening Torque
Tubeline x TORQUE
Outside x N•m
Diameter Thread Size (ft-lb)
1/4” 7/16” - 20 18 (13)
5/16” 1/2” - 20 23 (17)
3/8” 9/16” - 18 30 (22)
1/2” 3/4” - 16 54 (40)
5/8” 7/8” - 14 81 (60)
3/4” 1-1/16” - 12 114 (84)
7/8” 1-3/16” - 12 133 (98)
1” 1-5/16” - 12 160 (118)
1-1/4” 1-5/8” - 12 209 (154)
1-1/2” 1-7/8” - 12 221 (163)
2” 2-1/2” - 12 342 (252)
Specifications WARNING
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG) During cold weather (0°C [32°F] and below), do not
AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI) operate machine until the engine has run for at least
5 minutes at less than half throttle. This warm-up
period is necessary for foot pedal operation and safe
stopping. Do not operate controls during warm-up
period.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
COVER
10-30
30-20
40-21
70-10
SPEC-10
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
COVER
20-10
20-20
30-10
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
COVER 60-160
FOREWARD 60-190
60-191
10-30 60-200
10-140 60-220
10-180
10-190 70-40
20-80 SPEC-10
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
50-01
50-20
50-80
50-150
50-160
50-170
50-180
60-01
60-50
60-90
60-130
60-140
60-141
60-142
60-150
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
COVER
10-100
20-120
50-70
50-91
50-120
60-50
60-60
60-130
70-10
70-20
70-21 ADDED
70-70
SPEC-10
SPEC-40
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
FRONT COVER
10-110
10-120
10-150
20-21
20-61
50-20
50-112
60-90
70-90
SPEC-40
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
COVER 40-20
FOREWARD 40-21
10-01 50-01
10-20 50-40
10-40 50-41
10-60 50-60
10-70 50-150
10-90
10-120 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
10-140
10-150 60-01
10-160 60-10
60-70
20-01 60-80
20-21 60-90
20-60 60-110
20-61 60-150
60-161
30-01 60-180
30-20 60-190
30-21 60-200
30-30 60-210
30-40
30-41
30-50
80-01
80-20
80-70
SPEC-10
ALPHABETICAL INDEX